UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K



(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
2022
OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from    to.

Commission File Numberfile number 001-40049



TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)its charter)


Cayman Islands
N/A
Delaware88-2789488
(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)incorporation)(I.R.S.I.R.S Employer Identification No.)

655 Third Avenue, 8th Floor
New York, NY
10017
621 NW 53rd Street
Ste. 260
Boca Raton,Florida33487
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)principal executive offices)Zip Code(zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: + 1 917-460-7522code (800) 772-9172

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Classeach classTrading Symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registeredwhich registered
Class A ordinary shares,common stock, par value $0.0001 per share
TCAC
SBIGThe Nasdaq StockGlobal Market LLC
Redeemable warrants,Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share of Common Stock, at an exercise price of $11.50
per share
TCACW
SBIGWThe Nasdaq StockGlobal Market LLC
Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant
TCACU
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class
None


Indicate by check mark if the Registrantregistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrantregistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
1



Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrantregistrant was required to file such reports),; and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 daysdays.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrantregistrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes     No  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”filer” and “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  
  ☒

Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company






Emerging growth company



If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’smanagement's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued
its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by
any of the Registrantregistrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes    No  

As of June 30, 2021 (the last business dayThe aggregate market value of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter), the Class A ordinary shares outstanding, other than sharesvoting and non-voting common equity held by persons who may be deemed affiliatesnon-affiliates of registrant, computed by reference tothe Registrant, based on the closing sales price forof the Class A ordinary shares of
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2021, as reported on the Nasdaq,2022, was $194,000,000.$45.3 million.

As of March 9, 2022, 20,000,000 Class A ordinary28, 2023, there were 26,940,841 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, were issued and outstanding, respectively.outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

NonePortions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.



2




SPRINGBIG, INC.
TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS1




Page
iii
1
Part I
1
15
51
51
51
51
Part II
52
52
53
53
58
58
58
58
60
Part III
60
68
69
71
73
Part IV
74
74
75
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1

1 Broadridge to update page numbers.

3

CERTAIN TERMS
Frequently Used Terms
Unless otherwise stated
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, (this “Annual Report”), references to:

“we,” “us,” “our,” “company,” “our company” or “TCAC” are to Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company;
:
“amended and restated memorandum and articles of association”merger agreement” are to ourthe agreement and plan of merger, dated as of April 14, 2022,by and among Tuatara, Merger Sub and Legacy SpringBig, as amended and restated by Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 4, 2022;
“amended and restated registration rights agreement” are to the Amended and Restated MemorandumRegistration Rights Agreement entered into, by and Articles of Association;
among Tuatara, Sponsor, Legacy SpringBig, and the other signatories thereto;
Class A ordinary shares”business combination” are to our Class A ordinarythe transactions contemplated by the merger agreement;
“Canadian CRTC” are to the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission;
“Cannabis Act” are to the Cannabis Act (Canada);
“Cantor” or “Holder” are to CF Principal Investments LLC;
“Cantor Equity Facility” are to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement and Cantor Registration Rights Agreement, related to a committed equity facility by which SpringBig has the right to sell to CF Principal Investments LLC up to $50,000,000 of newly issued common stock;
“Cantor Registration Rights Agreement” are to the registration rights agreement, dated as of April 29, 2022, by and between Tuatara and Cantor;
“Code” are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
“Common Shares,” “Common Stock” or “Shares” are to the shares of common stock of SpringBig Holdings, Inc., par value $0.0001 per share;
share;
Class B ordinary shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share;
“Companies Law”Common Stock Purchase Agreement” are to the CompaniesCommon Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2022, by and between Tuatara and the Holder, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated July 20, 2022;
“Company,” “SpringBig,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms are to SpringBig Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries;
“COVID-19” are to SARS-Cov-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks;
“CSA” are to the U.S. Controlled Substances Act of 1970, as amended;
“DGCL” are to the Delaware General Corporation Law, (2020 Revision)as amended;
“effective time” are to the effective time of the Cayman Islandscertificate of merger effecting the merger contemplated by the amended and restated merger agreement;
“Exchange Act” are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
“FCC” are to the United States Federal Communications Commission;
“GAAP” are to United States generally accepted accounting principles;
“Legacy SpringBig” are to SpringBig, Inc., a Delaware corporation, prior to the business combination, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpringBig following the business combination;
“merger” are to the merger evidenced by a certificate of merger between Merger Sub and Legacy SpringBig pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy SpringBig, with Legacy SpringBig continuing as the same may besurviving entity and a subsidiary of SpringBig;
“merger agreement” are to the original merger agreement and the amended and restated merger agreement, collectively, as amended or modified from time to time;
time, by and among Tuatara, Merger Sub and Legacy SpringBig;
directors”Merger Sub” are to our current directors
HighJump Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Tuatara;
founder shares”Nasdaq” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially purchasedThe Nasdaq Stock Market LLC;
“Notes and Warrants Purchase Agreement” are to that certain securities purchase agreement, dated April 29, 2022, as amended by our sponsorthe Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2022, and Amendment No. 2 to the Purchase Agreement, dated December 28, 2022, between the Company and L1 Capital Global Opportunities Master Fund (the “Investor”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell up to (i) a total of up to $16 million of 6% Senior Secured Original Issue Discount Convertible Notes due 2024 (the “L1 Notes”) and (ii) a number of warrants equal to one-half of the principal of the Notes actually issued, divided by the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) on the trading day prior to such Note issuance date (the “Investor Warrants”), in a private placement prior to our initial public offering and the Class A ordinary shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);
placement.
initial shareholders” are to our sponsor and other holders of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering;
“letteroriginal merger agreement” refers to the letter agreement entered into between us and our initial shareholders, directors and officers on February 11, 2021 and August 7, 2021;
“management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;
“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;
“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closingagreement and plan of our initial public offering;merger, dated as of November 8, 2021, by and among Tuatara, Merger Sub and SpringBig;
4


public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market);
“public shareholders”PIPE subscription financing” are to the holdersaggregate $13,100,000 of our public shares, including our sponsor, officers and directorsproceeds from the issuance of the subscription shares;
“SaaS” are to software-as-a-service;
“Securities Act” are to the extent our sponsor, officers or directors purchase public shares, provided their statusSecurities Act of 1933, as a “public shareholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;
amended;
sponsor” or “Sponsor”Sponsor” are to TCAC Sponsor, LLC a Delaware limited liability company, an affiliatecompany;
“TCPA” are to the United States Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, as amended;
“transfer agent” are to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as transfer agent;
“Tuatara,” “we,” “our” or “us” are to Tuatara Capital L.P. (“Tuatara Capital”);
“warrants” are to our redeemable warrants sold as partAcquisition Corporation, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased inCayman Islands, the initial public offering or thereafter in the open market)predecessor entity to SpringBig; and the private placement warrants;
“SpringBig” are to SpringBig, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and
“$,” “US$” and “U.S. dollar” each refer to the United States dollar.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY



Note About Forward-Looking Statements
Some
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward looking statements. Forward looking statements include our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as "anticipate," "estimate," "expect," "project," "plan," "intend," "believe," "may," "will," "should," "can have," "likely" and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future cash flows, operating or financial performance or other events. These forward looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry and Company, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, readers are cautioned that any such forward looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, results may prove to be materially different. Unless otherwise required by law, we disclaim any obligation to update our view of any such risks or uncertainties or to announce publicly the result of any revisions to the forward-looking statements made in this report.

A number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results reflected in these forward-looking statements are identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and in our periodic filings with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available publicly on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity and performance as well as other events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

6


Risk Factor Summary

We are providing the following summary of the risk factors contained in this Annual Report may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding us or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions, or strategies regarding the future, including, without limitation, those relating to the Merger (as defined herein). In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts, or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would,” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may include, for example and without limitation, statements about: (1) trends in the cannabis industry; (2) the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement; (3) the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against TCAC, SpringBig, the combined company or others following the announcement of the Business Combination; (4) the inability to complete the Business Combination due to the failure to obtain approval of the shareholders of TCAC or to satisfy other conditions to closing, including the satisfaction of the minimum trust account amount following any redemptions; (5) changes to the proposed structure of the Business Combination that may be required or appropriate as a result of applicable laws or regulations or as a condition to obtaining regulatory approval of the Business Combination; (6) the ability to meet stock exchange listing standards at or following the consummation of the Business Combination; (7) the risk that the Business Combination disrupts current plans and operations of SpringBig as a result of the announcement and consummation of the Business Combination; (8) the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition, the ability of the combined company to grow and manage growth profitably, maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and retain its management and key employees; (9) costs related to the Business Combination; (10) changes in applicable laws or regulations; (11) the possibility that SpringBig or the combined company may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors; (12) the limited operating history of SpringBig; (13) the SpringBig business is subject to significant governmental regulation; (14) the SpringBig business may not successfully expand into other markets; and (15) other risks and uncertainties set forth in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” herein and which are set forth in a Registration Statement on Form S-4 previously filed by TCAC with10-K to enhance the SEC in connection withreadability and accessibility of our risk factor disclosures. We encourage you to carefully review the Business Combination.
The forward-looking statementsfull risk factors contained in this Annual Report are based on Form 10-K in their entirety for additional information regarding the material factors that make an investment in our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond the control of the Company),securities speculative or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.risky. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described hereinthe following:

We have a relatively short operating history in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to become profitable or maintain profitability in the future.
If we do not successfully develop and deploy new software, platform features or services to address the needs of our clients, if we fail to retain our existing clients or acquire new clients, and/or if we fail to expand effectively into new markets, our revenue may decrease and our business may be harmed.
We have a significant working capital deficiency and a history of losses, may need to raise additional funds to meet our obligations and sustain our operations, and may not achieve profitability in the future. There is substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.
Federal law enforcement may deem our clients to be in violation of U.S. federal law, and, in particular the CSA. A change in U.S. federal policy on cannabis enforcement and strict enforcement of federal cannabis laws against our clients would undermine our business model and materially affect our business and operations.
Some of our clients currently and in the future may not be in compliance with licensing and related requirements under applicable laws and regulations. We further cannot ensure that our clients will conduct their business in a way that complies with all laws. Allowing unlicensed or noncompliant businesses to access our platform and services, or allowing businesses to use our solutions in a noncompliant manner, may subject us to legal or regulatory enforcement and negative publicity, which could adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, brand and reputation.
Our business is dependent on U.S. state laws and regulations and Canadian federal and provincial laws and regulations pertaining to the heading “Risk Factors.” Should onecannabis industry, its continued legalization, and the rapid changes in applicable laws and regulations may increase the risk that we will not be successful. We are subject to various standards, laws and regulations and any actual or moreperceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.
Our business is dependent on the market acceptance of these riskscannabis consumers and negative trends could adversely affect our business operations.
Our business is highly dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and any erosion or uncertainties materialize,degradation of our brand recognition or reputation would likely adversely affect our business and operating results.
We currently face intense competition in marketing and advertising services available to our clients, and we expect competition to further intensify as the cannabis industry continues to evolve.
If we fail to predict and/or manage our growth effectively, our brand, business and operating results could be harmed.
If we are unable to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, we may not achieve our business objectives.
If our current marketing model is not effective in attracting new clients, we may need to employ higher-cost sales and marketing methods to attract and retain clients, which could adversely affect our profitability.
We may be unable to scale and adapt our existing technology and network infrastructure in a timely or effective manner to ensure that our platform is accessible, which would harm our reputation, business and operating results.
Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our platform or cyber security breaches, unauthorized access or other events could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects and/or subject us to significant liability.
The impact of global, regional or local economic and market conditions or events may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Investors should anynot rely on outdated financial projections.
We may improve our products and solutions in ways that forego short-term gains.
Future investments in our growth strategy, including acquisitions, could disrupt our business and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
7


We may need to raise additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, causing dilution to our stockholders, restricting our operations or adversely affecting our ability to operate our business. Further, we may be unable to obtain such financing.
Our obligations to the holder of the Company’s assumptions prove incorrect, actual resultsL1 Notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets, so if we default on those obligations, the noteholders could foreclose on, liquidate and/or take possession of our assets. If that were to happen, we could be forced to curtail, or even to cease, our operations. The L1 Notes also restricts our ability obtain additional debt and equity financing, which may varyrestrict our ability to grow and finance our operations.
We may be subject to potential adverse tax consequences.
Changes in material respects from those projectedaccounting standards or other factors could negatively impact our future effective tax rate.
Cannabis remains illegal under federal law, and therefore, strict enforcement of federal laws regarding cannabis would likely result in these forward-looking statements. Someour inability to execute our business plan.
Our business and our clients are subject to a variety of these risksU.S. and uncertaintiesforeign laws regarding financial transactions related to cannabis, which could subject our clients to legal claims or otherwise adversely affect our business.
We are dependent on our banking relations, and we may have difficulty accessing or consistently maintaining banking or other financial services due to our connection with the cannabis industry.
Due to our involvement in the cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business and/or in enforcing certain of our commercial contracts, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liability.
We may in the future be, amplifiedsubject to disputes and assertions by third parties with respect to alleged violations of intellectual property rights. These disputes could be costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.
Some of our solutions contain open source software, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software and solutions.
The success of our business heavily depends on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.
If we fail to meet all applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”), and Nasdaq determines to delist our common stock, the delisting could adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock and the market price of our common stock could decrease.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be issued and/or sold into the market in the near future. This would result in dilution to existing shareholders and could cause the market price of our shares of common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
We may amend the terms of our public and private warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the COVID-19 outbreakholders of at least 65% of then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and there maythe number of common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be additional risks that we consider immaterial or which are unknown. It is not possibledecreased, all without the approval of all security holders.
We have and will continue to predict or identify all such risks. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whetherincur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management has and will continue to devote a substantial amount of time to new information, future events, or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
compliance initiatives.



PART I

Item 1.
Item 1. Business
Introduction
Our Mission

We provide our clients with an easy-to-use loyalty, digital communications platform that drives their consumers to action. SpringBig empowers our clients to effectively communicate with, increase the loyalty of, and expand their consumer population through the provision of an integrated technology platform supported by robust analytics. Our goal is to become the leading SaaS software platform to cannabis retailers and brands, providing data-driven loyalty, marketing and consumer buying experience solutions throughout the U.S. and Canada, and ultimately expanding internationally and into other regulated markets.

Summary of Our Business

SpringBig is a market-leading software platform providing customer loyalty and marketing automation solutions to retailers and brands. SpringBig believes that it is a market leader in its product categories for a number of factors including, among others, (i) the number of SpringBig customers and consumers enrolled on SpringBig’s platform (and the percentage of known licensed cannabis retailers enrolled in SpringBig’s product service); (ii) scale (SpringBig has operations and clients in all states that have legalized cannabis); (iii) the comprehensive services offered by SpringBig; (iv) the technology offered by SpringBig that, among other things, connects the three categories of participants in the cannabis ecosystem (customers, retailers, and brands) and provides effective communications and marketing to end-consumers; (v) SpringBig’s expertise in loyalty programs and marketing automation; (vi) the quality of SpringBig’s client services; and (vii) SpringBig’s ability to provide data analytics.

Since our inception in 2016, we have leveraged our deep expertise in loyalty marketing to develop solutions that address the key challenges faced by retailers and brands, including those in the cannabis industry. Stringent, complex, and rapidly evolving regulations have resulted in restricted access to traditional marketing channels for cannabis retailers and brands, preventing them from utilizing many traditional methods for effectively accessing and engaging with consumers. In addition, the lack of industry-specific data and market intelligence solutions limit cannabis retailers’ and brands’ ability to efficiently market their products, thereby hindering their growth. Our platform enables our clients to increase brand awareness, engage customers, improve retention, and access actionable consumer feedback data to improve marketing. Our clients can use our loyalty marketing, digital communications, and text/email marketing solutions drive new customer acquisition, customer spend and retail foot traffic. Our proven business-to-business-to-customer (“B2B2C”) software platform creates powerful network effects between retailers and brands and provides an ability for both to connect directly with consumers. As retailers and brand scale, a virtuous cycle is created, ultimately expanding SpringBig’s reach, strengthening our value proposition:

wdq-20221231_g1.jpg

9


Today, we serve approximately 1,300 brand and retailer clients across approximately 3,000 distinct retail locations in North America. Our clients distribute in excess of 2 billion messages annually, and in the last year more than $7.5 billion of gross merchandise value (“GMV”) was accounted for by our clients utilizing our platform. SpringBig has successfully grown its revenue at a rapid pace, from $5.7 million in 2019 to $26.6 million in 2022. We have an excellent track record of securing and retaining our clients with our value proposition, which we measure by our “net revenue retention rate.” When evaluating our retention rates and calculating our net revenue retention rate, SpringBig calculates the average recurring monthly revenue from retail clients, adjusted for losses, increases and decreases in monthly subscriptions during the prior twelve months divided by the average recurring monthly subscription revenue over the same trailing twelve-month period. To determine the average recurring monthly revenue, SpringBig calculates monthly subscription revenue (derived from the monthly recurring subscription fees paid by retail clients, excluding the initial monthly contract amount of any new client subscriptions) from all retail clients, averaged over the previous twelve month period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Key Operating and Financial Metrics” for a further discussion of net revenue retention rate.

We believe SpringBig is well positioned to become the leading software platform for cannabis retailers and brands by providing data-driven loyalty and marketing solutions to enhance a frictionless consumer buying experience.

What SpringBig Does

We have developed and commercialized a comprehensive suite of Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) solutions for our retailer and brand clients (who we refer to as “clients” and their end-user customers as “customers” or “consumers”).

Through their subscriptions, our retail clients have access to in-depth campaign data, robust analytics, and actionable feedback and summaries to help inform their business decisions and maximize customer engagement and retention. When a client subscribes to our platform, we charge affordable initial set-up fees and the majority of our revenue is derived from a monthly recurring subscription fee. Typically, our subscription agreements extend for twelve months, and unless terminated in accordance with their terms, generally renew for subsequent and recurring 12-month periods. Our client subscriptions cover access to our platform as well as messaging services.

Within the terms of a subscription, a client receives a pre-determined quantum of communication credits per month, and we invoice the client additional amounts if the pre-determined credit volume is exceeded in any month (though the subscription agreements do not stipulate the volume of messages the client must cause to be sent during a month). The fees for such excess use are set forth in the client’s subscription agreement. In some cases, a client has separate subscriptions relating to the use of the software platform and the communications and, in other cases, these are bundled into a single subscription.

The monthly subscription fee charged to SpringBig’s clients is set forth in such client’s subscription agreement and is based on the scope of the subscription, which is determined based on (1) the number of customers on a client’s database (e.g., use of the SpringBig platform) and/or (2) the pre-determined quantum of communication credits that such client may use per month. As noted above, if this pre-determined credit volume is exceeded in any month, SpringBig will invoice the client for such excess use by the client. Excess use revenue has historically accounted for up to 30% of revenue. We expect excess use revenue as a percentage of recurring subscription revenue to decrease as customers scale and progress to higher subscription tiers over their lifetime. SpringBig’s revenue is not based on the success or effectiveness of any marketing campaign communications.

We also generate revenue by empowering brands with direct access to consumers via our brands platform. Our recently introduced brands platform allows brands to advertise and engage cannabis consumers, drive brand awareness, acquire VIP customers with high lifetime value, and access detailed reporting insights into essential campaign attribution metrics. Pricing for the brands platform is either structured on a bulk-pay basis or as a monthly subscription.

Industry Overview

We operate within the large and expanding cannabis retail market in the United States and Canada. Cannabis is one of the fastest emerging consumer end markets in the U.S, and it is expected to grow from $20 billion in 2020 to in excess of $40 billion by 2025, representing a compound annual growth in excess of 15%. Currently, 37 states plus the District of Columbia have legalized medical cannabis, and 21 states plus the District of Columbia have legalized adult-use cannabis. While there is generally a lag period between the time a market adopts legislation permitting either medical or adult cannabis use and significant revenue generation by SpringBig, states that have recently enacted legalization measures, such as New York and New Jersey, are expected to contribute significant additional sales growth to the market by 2025 when they are expected to be fully operational. Further momentum from the legislative and regulatory changes is expected to drive expansion of the total addressable market as more states continue to legalize cannabis for adult-use and medical use. We operate in all states that have legalized cannabis in some form (be it adult-use or medical), and we plan to be a first-mover in future new markets. Additional tailwinds such as a decrease in raw material costs, intensifying competition amongst cannabis retailers and brands, and
10


increased marketing spends by clients are also expected to contribute to the expansion of our total addressable market as customer engagement and retention will become ever more critical for cannabis retailers and brands to succeed.

Current technology offerings to cannabis retailers and brands are rudimentary, and the technology landscape offers a highly fragmented environment with lots of competition within a pool of small players. We believe that SpringBig is the leading loyalty and marketing software platform of scale to the cannabis industry and that we are best positioned to capture the significant uptick expected in marketing spend. There are only a few cannabis-specific companies that provide products similar to our offering, and SpringBig currently does not face competition from traditional loyalty marketing providers due to legal restrictions for cannabis at the federal level; however, as described in “Key Challenges,” below, SpringBig believes it is well-positioned to provide differentiated value as the competitive landscape evolves.

wdq-20221231_g2.jpg

Key Challenges

The stringent and evolving regulations, which also vary state-by-state, restrict retailers’ and brands’ abilities to engage with customers, currently present significant challenges to their marketing efforts. In addition, these retailers and brands lack access to actionable data and analytics tools to market their products to customers efficiently.

Customer Engagement Needs

The cannabis industry is a highly fragmented and competitive industry where price and promotions are key drivers of sales. Further, traditional marketing channels restrict cannabis marketing, preventing businesses from marketing their products and reaching consumers. Google, Facebook, and other social media platforms serve as an outlet for businesses to market their products in most other industries, but they restrict cannabis companies from operating on their platforms. Some SMS providers also restrict licensed cannabis businesses from accessing networks, and these barriers currently make it challenging for cannabis retailers and brands to drive customer acquisition, retention, engagement, and loyalty. Furthermore, the continued penetration by cannabis focused e-commerce providers have increased competition and decreased customer loyalty for bricks and mortar cannabis retailers.

SpringBig has developed and commercialized a comprehensive suite of SaaS solutions to address the challenges that cannabis retailers and brands face in this industry. Further, while cannabis clients do not currently have access to certain traditional marketing channels, including social media platforms, we believe that our platform’s products and services, in particular our data and analytics capabilities, position us well to provide significant value to cannabis retailers and brands whenever these social media platforms become available, by enabling these businesses to determine the effective targeting and focus of their marketing solutions and loyalty programs.

As state-by-state legalization continues, we expect cannabis retailers and brands to look to expand and seek new ways to reach and engage customers efficiently.

11



Data and Analytics Needs

In our experience, many cannabis retailers and brands lack access to customer feedback data that is essential to reach customers and build relationships with them efficiently. Additionally, we have found that cannabis retailers and brands do not currently have the technological infrastructure and analytical tools necessary to process the data they collect from customers into actionable data for marketing purposes. Unlike most other industries, the cannabis sector requires market intelligence and data solutions that are tailored to the specific needs of individual retailers, brands and consumers considering the current restrictive and evolving regulatory and legal environment. The current federal regulatory status of cannabis poses barriers of entry for large communication and data solution providers, representing a significant unmet need.

How SpringBig Addresses These Challenges

Our solutions are designed to address the key challenges faced by cannabis retailers and brands. Today’s industry participants lack sufficient visibility into customer behavior and need a solution that bridges communication between consumers, retailers and brands. We believe our solutions foster valuable connections and interactions that improve clarity, trust and satisfaction between these stakeholders.

Although carrier-imposed restrictions limit the use of blatant cannabis content being sent directly via SMS, SpringBig has developed a proprietary solution, compliant with TCPA, FCC, and Canadian CRTC, that helps cannabis retailers and brands communicate directly with their consumers, offering a direct communication and engagement channel, using text, images and other forms of media.

We believe our platform empowers our clients to improve and analyze customer acquisition, retention, basket spend and retail foot traffic. Retailers and brands can use SpringBig’s platform to connect with consumers, thus driving improvements in customer engagement and retention and increasing brand exposure. Once customers are engaged, the SpringBig platform enables businesses to amplify consumer spend through differentiated marketing solutions which target the consumer directly in an industry where doing so has been challenging in the past. While brand loyalty in the cannabis market has historically proven challenging, our offerings effectively connect the consumer with brands and drive loyalty.

We provide retailers with the analytics infrastructure to make data actionable. Our data solutions are purpose-built for the cannabis industry and enable our clients to leverage data to more effectively market their products to consumers. Through our integrations with 19 point of sale (“POS”) providers, 4 major cannabis e-commerce providers and other data providers, our platform offers robust consumer purchasing and marketing feedback data to allow our customers to take direct marketing and promotional actions. These commercial relationships take varying forms, depending on the relationship, including licensing and referral arrangements.

Furthermore, our proprietary auto-connect module supports further automation of marketing campaigns based on data. We also offer marketing automation solutions that provide for consistency of customer communication, which retailers and brands can use to drive customer retention and retail foot traffic. Our platform offers functionality to help build brand loyalty through loyalty programs that offer various rewards and offers. Our reporting and analytics offerings deliver valuable insights that our clients utilize to better understand their customer base, purchasing habits and trends. Consumer actions become measurable, thus providing our clients with data that can be leveraged to make better informed business decisions and more targeted marketing campaigns.

In the cannabis industry, the retailer maintains the relationship with the consumer, and it is challenging in the current regulatory environment for brands to directly interact with those consumers. The SpringBig brands platform enables brands to directly interact with consumers in a manner that is otherwise not feasible, short of such brand independently compiling and maintaining a separate consumer database.

Through SMS marketing, emails, customer feedback system and loyalty programs, we believe our solutions are crucial in managing customer relationships in this emerging industry. In time, as legislation permits, our product offerings will likely be enhanced to incorporate other aspects of the customer experience, including further enhanced data analytics and, when legally permissible, online ordering and payments.

Our Retail Offering

We serve in excess of 1,300 retailers in approximately 3,000 distinct locations providing them with a comprehensive suite of tools needed to attract customers, market products, and analyze key data. We are entrenched with most of the leading multi-state operators which allows us to capture the “enterprise” customer base, while also being equally suited to the smaller cannabis retail operators.

12


The anticipated growth of the cannabis retail market presents an opportunity to reach additional retailers as cannabis becomes more widely used and states continue to legalize. The tools that we provide allow retailers to engage and better communicate with their consumers. Further, SpringBig offers retailers robust reporting and analytics tools, which help them understand product and sales trends, track consumer activity, and gain insights that can be leveraged to drive sales.

On the consumer side, we offer a suite of elegant consumer-facing products. The enrollment process is streamlined and designed to provide for compliance and clarity. Once enrolled, consumers can develop their profile, will receive appropriate messages and offers and access their retailer’s specific rewards wallet application, where multiple images, videos, and links can be added for the consumer to explore.

An important component of our platform is text message marketing, which allows clients to send promotions to existing customers. Our text messaging platform offers a variety of features, including multiple customer segmentations, which automatically groups customers into segments based on their preferences and purchase behavior. Retailers also have access to the “autoconnects” feature, which allows them to easily leverage customer data and send messages directly to consumers based on certain actions and also includes functionality to help clients avoid missed opportunities to send text messages. We also provide an e-signature app, designed to accommodate a proper ‘double opt-in’ procedure, through both implied and expressed consent, to facilitate compliance with the TCPA, FCC, and Canadian CRTC. Finally, campaign performance analytics provide transparency on deliverability and message opening rates. We utilize proprietary technology to filter out fake phone numbers, burner phones, and landlines. In an environment where communication with cannabis consumers is constrained, text messaging is extremely effective in influencing purchase behavior, while also driving foot traffic and continuing to reach new customers and target markets.

Retailers compile highly-targeted marketing campaigns based on the consumer profiles and preferences and are provided with detailed campaign metrics that enable further refinement and enhanced targeting of future campaigns. The consumer application (wallet) itself can easily be customized with a distinct icon, name, layout, and color scheme, thus allowing for brand consistency and a higher-quality and frictionless customer experience. Here, customers can access and check their points, redeem rewards, and view upcoming offers. The wallet fully integrates with cannabis e-commerce providers, allowing customers to place orders directly from their wallet. The features and ease of use that comes with the SpringBig rewards wallet creates customer loyalty and establishes a relationship between the client and the consumer. Customer relationships are a crucial component in retail that has been restricted as a result of the complexities of the cannabis industry. Nonetheless, we have designed our platform to make this connection easy.

The SpringBig platform also provides support for consumer feedback with robust dashboards that track key survey performance indicators that allow clients to measure customer satisfaction. The “Feedback by SpringBig” offering allows businesses to survey customers post-purchase, track and analyze feedback, and then take action based on this information. From the initial online search to in-store purchase, clients possess the ability to track the entire customer experience. Comprehensive reports give clients the tools to better understand customer trends, and allows the retailer to analyze specific operational, product, and promotional opportunities. By identifying key trends, our users are able to improve customer loyalty and increase retention.

SpringBig offers retailers powerful insight dashboards that provide comprehensive data that can be used to make informed business decisions. Our platform also allows retailers to create marketing campaigns, ensuring that consumers receive all relevant promotions. Once a campaign launches, retailers are able to analyze in-depth data in order to measure campaign success. ERP-level customer data management and analysis also allow retailers to organize their sales funnel and provide a personalized, targeted approach to marketing campaigns.

Our platform integrates with many of the leading POS systems in the cannabis industry, which allows retailers to simplify workstreams by automatically collecting a plethora of data on consumers. Integrating our marketing automation software with the retailer’s POS system makes for more efficient management of customer relationships and facilitates using specific POS data in design and implementation of marketing campaigns. With integrations, in real-time retailers can review performance results and the return on investment (“ROI”) for each marketing campaign. Additionally, the SpringBig clients are also able to ascertain which cannabis brands and products perform the best, thus allowing retailers to customize meaningful messaging and offers for their customer base.

Our Brand Marketing Platform

Our brand marketing platform offers a leading direct-to-consumer marketing automation platform in the cannabis industry. The data-rich direct-to-consumer marketing engine allows brands to target and measure the complete transaction cycle from initial engagement through point of sale.

We provide cannabis brands with the opportunity to provide content that, in turn, our retail clients can utilize in their targeted consumer marketing campaigns. This provides the brand with differentiated access to the consumer and that can be effectively leveraged through the brand and retailer cooperating in a promotional campaign on our platform.
13



Brands aim to materially increase their brand awareness, expand retail partnerships and acquire and retain new customers. The SpringBig brands platform provides brand clients with access to detailed reports that offer valuable insights into essential campaign attribution metrics. There are approximately 5,000 existing cannabis brands in the U.S., and this early-stage initiative represents a significant future growth opportunity for us. Our marketing database with over 40 million consumers is a highly-differentiated SpringBig asset that powers cannabis brands in driving brand recognition and promoting awareness.

Our Platform and Data Assets

We have created a distinct B2B2C platform supported by a wealth of data assets to effectively monetize our large and growing base of cannabis consumers. Currently, the cannabis industry falls significantly short of market intelligence and data solutions that would typically be found in other industries: retailers lack analytics infrastructure to make data actionable for marketing, and lack of feedback data poses challenges for brands to reach and establish relationships with consumers directly. Our leading messaging, loyalty, and customer experience platform recognizes powerful network effects among brands, retailers, and cannabis consumers to enable our clients to make better business decisions. We retain retailers as paying SaaS subscription customers, who then acquire consumers. Brands target retailers that successfully acquire loyal consumers, which drives increased retailer interest and recurring revenue.

The SpringBig platform is also supported by large data assets created by our fully integrated cannabis technology ecosystem. We partner with industry leading data analytics, e-commerce, and POS providers to monetize our base of over 40 million consumers and generate revenue for our clients.

We intend to continue to invest in our platform to enhance its functionality and the value of our data assets so that both we and our clients can continue to grow. We anticipate building on our existing platform infrastructure so that we are well positioned to benefit from the further emergence of the burgeoning cannabis and cannabis-tech markets.

Certain Regulatory Considerations and How We Adapt to Changing Regulatory Landscape

SpringBig helps drive regulatory compliance. We pride ourselves on being ahead of the curve when it comes to changes to regulations to both SMS and to the overall cannabis landscape.

The TCPA prohibits autodialed text messages, unless made with the prior express, written consent of the receiving party, to any telephone number assigned to a cell phone. Additionally, mobile carriers act as gatekeepers between businesses and consumers. The Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (“CTIA”), a trade organization for mobile carriers (including SpringBig’s messaging distributors), periodically issues industry best practice guidance which currently includes prohibiting messaging content that contains or promotes sex, hate, alcohol, firearms, or tobacco (referred to as “SHAFT”), and interpretation of this guidance includes cannabis within the tobacco category. SpringBig’s platform (including, in particular, its text message marketing) is designed to ensure compliance with TCPA, SHAFT guidelines, and other applicable CTIA guidance; SpringBig proactively monitors and, as necessary, adapts its platform and services to comply with these guidelines and standards. Further, as part of its proactive monitoring of mobile carriers’ guidelines, SpringBig endeavors to maintain close relationships with our messaging distributors, and as such, have been made well aware of any carrier-implemented restrictions that may impact the way cannabis retailers and brands communicate with their consumers via SMS. These relationships have allowed us to continue servicing our customers in a rapidly changing environment, with no disruption of service or restrictions from sending messages from major carriers.

SpringBig’s customers can utilize the platform consent interface or other means to obtain the consumer’s consent that is required to receive messages, and, as an integral part of its services, SpringBig creates templates for its retail customers that are in compliance with SHAFT guidelines to use in promotional messaging. The approved templates do not explicitly discuss or promote cannabis, but rather provide general information about the retailer, the consumer’s reward status and can also incorporate a link that directs opted-in consumers to additional promotional material created by the retailer customers.

As a third-party provider of a software platform, state cannabis regulatory marketing rules generally do not apply to SpringBig. SpringBig’s retail customers are responsible for ensuring that their marketing materials comply with state law.

Additionally, SpringBig has instituted policies and procedures to verify the licensing status of our clients (which are utilized in on-boarding both retail and brand clients in addition to other client diligence) and to conduct periodic screening to confirm the continued licensing status of our clients. Further, SpringBig is constantly monitoring proposed and pending legislative changes on the state and federal level. We have an emerging markets-focused sales team that is designed to ensure SpringBig is developing relationships with retailers, brands, and partners in emerging markets, so when the legalization status changes, those retailers, brands and potential partners already have a deep partnership formed with SpringBig. One of the primary ways we do this is through our “Greenhouse” program. This program allows licensed retailers who have not yet opened their doors to build their potential consumer list, design their loyalty program, and meet our extensive partnership network to
14


help inform their tech stack decisions as they move towards being fully operational. We have found that this program has helped us make headway in the emerging cannabis markets and sets up the foundation for a strong partnership in the future.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are a leading provider of customer loyalty and marketing automation solutions to cannabis retailers and brands, and our key competitive strengths are the following:

We are a leading direct-to-consumer marketing and customer loyalty platform in the cannabis industry. We are the largest loyalty & marketing automation provider in the cannabis space with over 40 million consumers enrolled in our platform, and over 1,300 retailer and brand customers with approximately 3,000 discrete retail locations. We started serving the cannabis market in 2016 and were a pioneer in providing SMS marketing solutions to cannabis retailers. As we expanded our customer base, platform and solutions, we now serve approximately one-third of all retail locations in the United States. We partner with the majority of the leading multi-state-operators (“MSOs”). We believe that our differentiated suite of solutions and deep understanding of customer needs will enable us to expand our leadership position as we grow into existing and new markets and expand our offering.

We have a diverse geographic footprint, with operations in all states that have legalized cannabis in some form. We believe that our broader geographic footprint, scope of operations, and established position in the industry all support our efforts to be a first mover in future new markets and also may make it more difficult, time-intensive and costly for competitors to replicate.

We provide critical value to our customers demonstrated by leading net retention. Loyalty and messaging are critical for cannabis retailers and brands to directly engage, connect, and retain their customer base. Our suite of solutions is designed to enable our customers to engage with their consumers in an efficient way, sustainably driving customer retention, acquisition, spend and foot-traffic. On average, our clients are able to recover the cost of their monthly subscription for the SpringBig platform within a couple of days of utilizing our offerings each month. In addition, we have successfully integrated with 19 of the industry’s leading POS systems, which enables us to collect and analyze consumer data and feedback, providing our clients with actionable insights for marketing purposes, and we have also completed our initial POS system integration outside of the cannabis industry. Our ability to expand our relationships with customers, and their satisfaction in our product offerings and client service, are demonstrated by our category leading net revenue retention rate being consistently above 100% and having averaged in excess of 110% over the past three years. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Key Operating and Financial Metrics” for a further discussion of net revenue retention rate.

In addition to the value provided through our platform, we believe that the quality of our client service and our responsiveness to clients provides us with a competitive advantage. Management believes that our established presence in the industry and personal one-on-one service philosophy enhances our ability to compete favorably in attracting and retaining clients.

We have a deep expertise of marketing regulation in the cannabis industry and the challenges faced by our clients. We entered the cannabis market in 2016 and have leveraged our management’s expertise in loyalty programs and marketing automation from other sectors to solve the challenges faced by cannabis retailers and brands to engage with their customers and increase retention. We have designed specific campaign and communication solutions that comply with cannabis regulation and are rapidly implementable by our clients as they expand in the high growth and highly competitive cannabis industry. We are highly differentiated from our competitors in several ways. We have integrations with 19 POS providers in the cannabis market, and these integrations allow our clients to offer their consumers a seamless experience for points redemption and loyalty program enrollment. Additionally, we have invested, and continue to invest significantly in ensuring we have a robust, scalable business, with a particular emphasis on client success and engineering. While SpringBig does not obtain customers on behalf of our clients, our client success organization services each client from contract signing throughout their life with SpringBig, providing onboarding services, and on-going education and support. This team is also responsible for guiding our clients through the ever-changing regulatory environment. Our engineering team, primarily based in the U.S., makes up the largest percentage of our staff. The team is constantly working to enhance the platform with the addition of new features and functionality at a regular cadence to ensure we remain significantly ahead of our competitors in this regard. Additionally, after completing the onboarding process, SpringBig customers are assigned a dedicated client success manager who is responsible for overall account management, including monitoring campaign deliverability and providing information on strategic campaign and auto-connect usage. Our client support team is available for all inbound requests from 8am-8pm ET and services all North American time zones.

We are the highly regarded platform of choice to consolidate the highly fragmented cannabis technology ecosystem. As a leading provider of customer loyalty and marketing automation solutions to cannabis retailer and brands, we are well positioned to be a consolidator of a highly fragmented technology ecosystem. Our growth strategy is informed by our clients’ needs, and we have meaningful visibility into such needs as a result of the wealth of data our platform provides. We plan to
15


create significant value by leveraging consumer purchasing and feedback data across multiple new vertical software offerings across loyalty, data analytics, and, when legally permissible, online ordering and payments.

We assembled a highly experienced senior management team to execute on our strategy. Our Chief Executive Officer and Founder, Jeffrey Harris, has over 35 years of deep industry experience and has successfully founded loyalty marketing businesses in the past. Our Chief Financial Officer, Paul Sykes, has over 20 years of experience as CFO of high-growth SaaS businesses in a public company environment. Our Chief Technology Officer, Navin Anand, has over 10 years of experience in leading large technology groups in SaaS and telecom organizations.

Our Growth Strategies

Our goal is to become the leading SaaS software platform to cannabis retailers and brands, providing data-driven loyalty, marketing and consumer buying experience solutions. In order to achieve our goal, we plan to implement the following organic and M&A growth strategies along with expanding in keeping with the changing regulatory landscape in the U.S.

Expansion Within Existing Retailers and Brand Customers

wdq-20221231_g3.jpg

As of today, we service approximately 1,300 retailer and brand clients with approximately 3,000 retail locations, which is comprised of most of the largest multi-state cannabis companies and a significant number of single-state operators. Our excellent reputation in the cannabis market and comprehensive solutions offering provide us with the opportunity to expand our footprint and grow these accounts via up-selling and cross-selling. We grow alongside our clients via a “flywheel” effect as we benefit from the growth of their businesses and expansion of their customer base, which is, in turn, enabled by their use of our platform. We have a track record of using our comprehensive product offerings and results-driven proposition to grow our relationships with clients and drive revenue.

We also plan to grow our business by expanding accounts with existing clients that may not have initially leveraged our platform for all of their locations. Our clients realize significant returns on investment and increased customer engagement, which has historically driven the success of our land and expand strategy. In addition, we expect to further our penetration with existing clients as they enter new markets, as our platform will touch more end-customers and gather more actionable data.

Further Penetrate Existing Markets

We plan to leverage and expand our existing sales force and marketing strategy to acquire additional cannabis retailers and brands as new clients. We have a successful track record of consistently adding new clients. As existing markets in legalized states expand and cannabis becomes more widely used, we believe our existing presence positions us to continue to gain market share. We believe that the continued growth of the cannabis market and evolution of regulation, both in terms of legalizing recreational and medical use cannabis (as described below) as well as regarding communications and advertisements, will drive further adoption of our platform.

16



New Medical and Recreational Markets

As an increasing number of states in the U.S. legalize medical cannabis use or transition from medical to recreational cannabis use, a significant growth opportunity presents itself as the number of retailers, the consumer base and total spend all increase. We have historically been responsive as a first-mover into new medical and adult-use markets as they become legal, which gives us a significant competitive advantage to grow as state by state legalization evolves. We believe our deep understanding of the space coupled with our experienced sales force will enable us to quickly enter and execute in new markets and capture new business, which we can sustain via our exceptional product offerings. SpringBig entered the Canadian market in February 2021 through acquiring a Canadian business and we now provide full-servicing of our Canadian clients through our Toronto office. Although the revenues derived from the Canadian market in 2022 were immaterial, we are experiencing significant growth in the number of clients as the market continues to develop in Canada.

New Features and Functionality

We intend to continue investing in and developing our technology capabilities to offer our clients more advanced and comprehensive solutions. This will help enable us to extend our platform beyond our core offering which presents significant upsell opportunities. Some of these future offerings may include e-commerce, data and analytics, programmatic advertising, budtender education, payments (when legally permissible), product referral automation, and commerce automation (in-store kiosks).

Monetization of GMV

Approximately $7.5 billion of GMV is currently processed by the retailers that are on our platform. Through our entrenched position with retailers delivering mission critical messaging and loyalty solutions, we believe we are well-positioned to monetize a portion of GMV through payments and reward points. We plan to capture a portion of this spend through the SpringBig rewards wallet solution that our current clients utilize to manage their rewards program. Additionally, with over 40 million consumers and 19 POS integrations, we have access to a wealth of data that drive our proprietary insights. While these integrations assist in our ability to offer feedback to our customers, these commercial relationships do not represent a material amount of SpringBig’s revenues, constitute a material amount of shared revenue, or constitute a material distribution source for SpringBig. However, we believe there is a path to monetize this data and create new revenue opportunities.

Brands

We expect brand revenue to drive a significant part of our growth going forward, and we are focused on capturing a portion of the over 5,000 brands that are in the cannabis space today. We rolled out the SpringBig brands offering in 2020, which has allowed us to grow spend across our client base. As the cannabis industry matures, we believe the continued proliferation of branded products will meaningfully drive their sales and marketing spend to the cannabis industry, with a trajectory that will surpass that of retailers in the future. As brands grow in scale and become nationally recognizable, we are well positioned to capture a significant share of the communication, engagement and loyalty dollars spent by brands and therefore Brands clients will start to represent a more significant proportion of SpringBig’s total revenue.

M&A

As a leading provider of customer loyalty and marketing automation solutions to cannabis retailer and brands, we have differentiated insights into the critical needs of the cannabis industry. Our M&A strategy is informed by our client feedback, and we have identified the following needs that guide our M&A strategic focus:

Cannabis retailers and brands lack actionable data and need better insight and recommendation technology.

Purpose-built marketing technology and targeting is necessary to improve consumer acquisition and retention.

The cannabis industry lacks robust fintech solutions, including processing of payments and consumer credit.

The cannabis technology space is highly fragmented, and we believe that we are well positioned to be a leading consolidator. We intend to explore M&A opportunities in adjacencies that address our client’s critical needs, and enable us to expand our product and service offerings, expand our geographic reach, increase our scale and realize material revenue and cost synergies. We are well positioned to consolidate the technology ecosystem with clear strategic rationale and value creation across loyalty, data analytics, online ordering, and, when legally permissible, POS/payment opportunities.




17


Sales

Our sales team is primarily based out of our Boca Raton, Florida headquarters with additional team members in our Canadian office in Toronto, Ontario and client services support staff at both these locations and in Seattle, Washington to assist new and existing clients. As of December 31, 2022, of the 126 people we employed, 64 individuals focused exclusively on selling and client service. Our sales force is well versed in our offerings, including consumer facing, retailer platform, and brand platform products.

As we continue to scale, we expect to continue to recognize significant efficiencies with our sales effort. Currently, our primary focus revolves around converting inbound leads, as cannabis retailers and brands look to join our platform upon beginning their operations. We also utilize state cannabis regulators’ lists of licensees to internally generate client leads.

Marketing

Similar to our sales efforts, we expect to continue to achieve marketing efficiency as we scale our business. We believe our platform’s scale and strong customer loyalty market themselves, however we still intend to implement a variety of marketing efforts to attract additional retailers and brands not yet on our platform. Marketing efforts include multiple strategies designed to attract and retain both retail and brands subscribers.

Technology

We invested significantly to create a fully integrated technology stack that connects the three categories of participants in the cannabis ecosystem, namely the customers, retailers, and brands. By partnering with other industry leaders through various data analytics, e-commerce and POS platforms, we help to enhance engagement, analytics, and create a truly omni-channel experience for our clients and their customers.

Our suite of SaaS-based solutions provides cutting-edge technologies, and we continue to be the database of record for over a thousand cannabis businesses, with customer profiles being created first through our loyalty platform, and through integration of our platform with POS systems, where we can collect crucial data points through POS transactions. Below is a summary of how our technology supports our clients:

Powerful POS Integration Sync: Powerful POS integrations allow us to provide real-time redemptions for both loyalty rewards and promotional offers, real-time campaign analytics, and deep transaction data.

Customizable Permission Settings: Our platform enables clients to establish their own levels of user permissions for their retail and marketing staff to ensure the correct people have the correct access to data and marketing tools.

Datahub: The robust data warehouse provides clients with access to all of their data and allows them to create their own insights.

Insight Data Dashboards: Our customizable dashboards help clients conveniently visualize the most meaningful data and organize it for easy review.

Budz: Our customer referral engine, allows retailers’ best customers to become brand ambassadors by referring new customers to their favorite stores.

Feedback by SpringBig: Our customer feedback tool allows retailers to capture post-transaction feedback about their store, products, and staff.

Autoconnect: Allow retailers to reach their consumers at critical stages during the consumer buying journey including win-back, abandon cart, and purchase behavior messaging.

Revenue Concentration

We have a diversified client base of approximately 1,300 clients with approximately 3,000 retail locations. No single client accounted for more than 11% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, and 11% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our top 10 clients accounted for 27% and 24% of total revenue over the same periods. In addition, our revenue is well-diversified across the U.S. and Canada. No single state or province generated more than 15% our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. We do not currently generate a material amount of revenue in Canada.


18


Research & Development

We conduct concerted product development efforts focused on implementing new, value-add features to our platform, as well as developing new solutions that increase functionality, data-driven actionable insights and enhance ease of use throughout the customer journey. We expect our research and development expenses to remain consistent as a percentage of total revenue with increased growth continuing to support product enhancements.

Seasonality

We have not experienced a significant impact on our results due to seasonality. However, our clients may experience seasonality in their businesses that, in turn, can impact the revenue generated from them. Our business may become more seasonal in the future and historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of future performance.

Competition

Our direct competitors for various elements of our offerings and services include businesses both within and outside of the cannabis industry that are specifically focused on marketing and customer engagement, commerce and POS solutions or SaaS software, as well as companies focused on technology solutions focused on the cannabis industry.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include: the scale of our operations in all states that have legalized cannabis in some form and the ability to be a first mover in future new markets, the ability to offer comprehensive services across customer relationship management (“CRM”) and marketing software, the ability to support client promotions and the building of loyalty with end-consumers and increase retention, the ability to collect and analyze consumer data and feedback (and providing clients with actionable insights for marketing purposes), and effective communications and marketing to end-customers. We believe we compete favorably based on these factors.

For additional information about the risks to our business related to competition, see the section captioned “Risk Factors—Risks Related to SpringBig’s Business and Industry—We currently face intense competition in marketing and advertising services available to our clients, and we expect competition to further intensify as the cannabis industry continues to evolve.”

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property and proprietary rights are valuable assets that are important to our business. In our efforts to safeguard our copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and other intellectual property rights worldwide, we rely on a combination of federal, state, common law and international rights in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

We have an ongoing trademark and service mark registration program pursuant to which we register our brand names in the United States. As of December 31, 2022, we have been issued trademark registrations in the United States, covering among other marks, “SpringBig.”

We also rely on non-disclosure agreements, invention assignment agreements, intellectual property assignment agreements, or license agreements with employees, independent contractors, consumers, software providers and other third parties, which protect and limit access to and use of our proprietary intellectual property.

Though we rely, in part, upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees, as well as the functionality and frequent enhancements to our platform are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For more information, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to SpringBig’s Intellectual Property.”

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2022, we had 126 full-time employees, including employees focused on engineering, client success, corporate development, brands, digital message and general and administrative and professional services. We also engage independent contractors to supplement our permanent workforce. 114 employees are located in the United States and 12 employees are located in Canada.

We believe that being able to attract and retain top talent is both a strategic advantage for SpringBig and necessary to realize our objectives for our business. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we have not experienced any work stoppages.


19


Corporate Information

We were originally formed on January 24, 2020 under the name “Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation,” as a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company, and formedincorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this Annual Report as our initial business combination.
Our sponsor is an affiliatebusinesses. On June 13, 2022, in anticipation of Tuatara Capital. Tuatara Capital is a cannabis sector-focused private equity firm founded in 2014, with over $390 million in investment capital as of December 2021, and is led by seasoned professionals with experience as principal investors, investment advisors, and entrepreneurs. Since its founding, Tuatara Capital has built a proprietary database of over 3,500 cannabis companies that have launched or been seeking capital. In July 2020, Tuatara Capital completed raising its second flagship fund with a focus on long-term investments into growth-stage businesses in the emerging legal cannabis industry.
The prohibition efforts over the past several decades have been an exception in history, as the cannabis plant and its inherent medicinal properties have been part of human civilization and traditions for centuries. Even domestically, the plant’s benefits were listed in the United States Pharmacopoeia by 1850. As the legal and regulatory landscape for cannabis changes, we believe significant opportunity exists in the potential for cannabis to reclaim broad support in society and rapid adoption across its use cases. The market potential for cannabis is even greater with the benefits of modern science, where the discoveries of the human endocannabinoid system and the plant’s cannabinoids (tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) and cannabinol (“CBD”) being amongst the most prevalent of the more than 100 cannabinoids) exhibit medicinal benefits and the potential use for a variety of health and wellness and therapeutic applications.

Change in the legal and regulatory landscape is taking shape in two forms: (1) the creation of medical or adult-use marijuana programs in jurisdictions that legalize and permit the use of psychoactive products for medical and/or recreation programs and (2) the creation of programs in jurisdictions that permit the use of non-psychoactive cannabis products (below a certain level of THC) for discretionary use.

On top of a pre-existing illicit marijuana market, these fundamental developments have fostered growing interest from consumers, which has led to growing expectations of a larger legal market. As a result, the cannabis market experienced a wave of capital investment from its early stages all the way to the end of 2021, generally in the form of private capital and, in the last several years, public capital. While this capital has supported the rapid creation of companies across the cannabis value chain, it has also been less discriminate with the quality of the business models and the ability to produce consistent profitability. At the same time, certain bottlenecks have hampered the growth of the industry, both on the psychoactive and non-psychoactive side, including regulatory evolution, influencer education, value chain bottlenecks, safety uncertainties and health concerns from vaping. These factors have metered down the rapid expansion of demand and consequently have impacted the business models of many companies involved in the cannabis space. For many companies this impact is displayed through constrained top line growth, compressed profit margins, and reduced cash flow generation; public companies have the additional consequence of diminished valuation levels, which notably has restricted access to capital at a crucial point in the development of the industry.

As the legal and regulatory landscapes have evolved into more favorable environments that promote commerce and innovation, many new cannabis-related investment opportunities are being brought to market, dynamic ideas are being conceptualized and developed around mainline businesses, and many new innovative cannabis companies are being formed. We believe we have the opportunity to create a compelling structure that will, in the short term, provide a target company with access to the strategic capital and industry expertise necessary to establish the right infrastructure, secure enviable distribution, or successfully position brands. Navigating the aforementioned challenges will be critical to achieving full-scale commercial viability and to growing a profitable enterprise. In the longer term, as cannabis markets become more normalized with broader access to capital, we believe the target company will be uniquely positioned, with its naturally defensible competitive position, to realize the full potential of the industry.

We believe that the normalization of cannabis and its many uses and applications—in social consumption, pharmaceuticals, health and wellness and industrial raw materials and fiber—is creating a rarely seen opportunity to invest in related businesses. At the same time, the cannabis industry is highly fragmented and subject to a complex regulatory framework, creating significant barriers to entry. As the industry continues to transition to a new legal and regulatory landscape, we believe that many companies will need a partner that can assist in providing a level of operational and financial expertise to support their growth. Our team includes a variety of investment, operational, healthcare and consumer professionals who will be able to provide operating, technical, regulatory and legal expertise to assist a target business with efficient access to and deployment of its capital most effectively.
Company History

In February 2020, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,312,500 Class B ordinary shares (our “founder shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.006 per share (after giving effect to a forfeiture effected in January 2021. In February 2021, our sponsor transferred 50,000 founder shares to Richard Taney, 40,000 founder shares to Jeffrey Bornstein and 40,000 shares to Aris Kekedjian for the same per share purchase price paid by our sponsor. On April 5, 2021, in connection with the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option granted in TCAC’s initial public offering, our sponsor surrendered 31,250 founder shares. On May 18, 2021, Aris Kekedjian transferred 40,000 founder shares to our sponsor pursuant to the terms of his resignation from TCAC’s board of directors, and on August 27, 2021, our sponsor transferred 40,000 founder shares to Michael Finkelman in connection with his appointment to TCAC’s board of directors. Our Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares, on a one-for-one basis, upon the completion of a business combination. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that the founder shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon completion of the initial public offering.
On February 17, 2021, we completed our initial public offering of 20,000,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “units”), including the partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $200,000,000. Each unit consists of one of the Company’s shares of Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-half of one redeemable warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to certain adjustments.
Substantially concurrently with the completion of the initial public offering, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 6,000,000 warrants (the “private placement warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or $6,000,000 in the aggregate. A total of $200,000,000, comprised of $196,000,000 of the proceeds from the initial public offering, including $7,000,000 of the underwriters’ deferred discount, and $4,000,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.
On April 2, 2021, we announced that, commencing April 5, 2021, holders of the 20,000,000 units sold in the initial public offering may elect to separately trade the Class A ordinary shares and the warrants included in the units. Those units not separated continued to trade on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “TCACU” and the Class A ordinary shares and warrants that were separated trade under the symbols “TCAC” and “TCACW,” respectively.
Business Combination
Merger Agreement

On November 8, 2021, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among us, HighJump Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and SpringBig. The Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were approved by the boards of directors of each of TCAC and SpringBig.
SpringBig is a market-leading software platform providing customer loyalty and marketing automation solutions to retailers and brands.
The Business Combination

The Merger Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on or prior to the closing date: (i) TCAC will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) TCAC’s name will be changed as mutually agreed to between the parties, (B) each then-issued and outstanding TCAC Class A ordinary share will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into one share of Class A common stock of TCAC (the “New SpringBig Common Stock”), (C) each then-issued and outstanding TCAC Class B ordinary share will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into one share of New SpringBig Common Stock, and (D) each then-issued and outstanding common warrant of TCAC will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into one warrant to purchase one share of New SpringBig Common Stock; and (ii) following the Domestication, Merger Sub will merge with and into SpringBig, with SpringBig as the surviving company in the merger and, after giving effect to such merger, continuing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCAC (the “Merger”).
The Domestication, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the “Business Combination.”
The Business Combination is expected to close in mid-2022, following the receipt of the required approval by TCAC’s shareholders, required regulatory approvals and the fulfillment of other customary closing conditions.
Merger Consideration

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement, based on an implied equity value of $245 million, (i) each share of SpringBig common stock (other than dissenting shares) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the merger consideration comprised of New SpringBig Common Stock, as determined in the Merger Agreement (the “Share Conversion Ratio”) and (ii) vested and unvested options of SpringBig outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger will convert into comparable options that are exercisable for shares of New SpringBig Common Stock, with a value determined in accordance with the Share Conversion Ratio.
As part of the aggregate consideration payable to the SpringBig’s securityholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement, holders of SpringBig’s common stock (including those holders of converted preferred stock of SpringBig) and holders of options of SpringBig’s common stock will also have the right to receive their pro rata portion of up to an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock (“Contingent Shares”) if any of the following stock price conditions are met: (i) 5,500,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty trading days in a thirty trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date; (ii) 2,250,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty trading days in a thirty trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date; and (iii) 1,250,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of the New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty trading days in a thirty trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date.
Sponsor Escrow Agreement
The Sponsor, TCAC and certain of TCAC’s board of directors’ independent directors will enter into an escrow agreement (“Sponsor Escrow Agreement”) in a form and on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to SpringBig, providing that, immediately following the closing, the Sponsor and certain of TCAC’s board of directors’ independent directors shall deposit an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock (“Sponsor Earnout Shares”) into escrow. The Sponsor Escrow Agreement will provide that such Sponsor Earnout Shares will either be released to the Sponsor if the closing price of the New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty trading days in a thirty trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date. The Sponsor Earnout Shares will be terminated and canceled by TCAC if such condition is not met at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date.
Representations and Warranties; Covenants
The Merger Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants of each of the parties thereto that are customary for transactions of this type. TCAC and SpringBig have also agreed to take all necessary action such that, effective immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, the TCAC board of directors shall consist of seven directors, of whom (i) one individual shall be designated by the Sponsor, (ii) three individuals shall be designated by SpringBig, and (iii) three individuals shall be independent directors acceptable to the Sponsor and SpringBig. In addition, TCAC has agreed to adopt an equity incentive plan in an amount not to exceed 5% of TCAC’s equity interests on a fully-diluted basis (including the number of shares of New SpringBig Common Stock underlying the SpringBig options assumed by TCAC pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement).
Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations

The obligations of TCAC and SpringBig to consummate the Business Combination are subject to certain closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (ii) the approval of TCAC’s and SpringBig’s shareholders, (iii) the approval for listing of New SpringBig Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Business Combination on Nasdaq, and (iv) TCAC having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (the “Exchange Act”) remaining after the closing of the Business Combination.
Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated under certain customary and limited circumstances prior to the closing of the Business Combination, including, but not limited to, (i) by mutual written consent of TCAC and SpringBig, (ii) by either party if the consummation of the Business Combination is permanently enjoined, prohibited, deemed illegal or prevented by the terms of final, non-appealable Governmental Order (as defined in the Merger Agreement), (iii) by TCAC if there is any breach of any representation, warrant, covenant or agreement on the part of SpringBig set forth in the Merger Agreement such that certain conditions to closing cannot be satisfied and the breach or breaches of such representations or warranties or the failure to perform such covenant or agreement, as applicable, are not cured or cannot be cured within certain specified time periods, (iv) by SpringBig if there is any breach of any representation, warrant, covenant or agreement on the part of TCAC orpreviously announced business combination among Tuatara, Merger Sub set forth in the Merger Agreement such that certain conditions to closing cannot be satisfied and the breach or breachesLegacy SpringBig, Tuatara changed its jurisdiction of such representations or warranties or the failure to perform such covenant or agreement,incorporation by deregistering as applicable, are not cured or cannot be cured within certain specified time periods, (v) subject to certain limited exceptions, by either TCAC or SpringBig if the Business Combination is not consummated by July 8, 2022, (vi) by either TCAC or SpringBig if certain required approvals are not obtained by TCAC shareholders after the conclusion of a meeting of TCAC’s shareholders held for such purpose at which such shareholders voted on such approvals (subject to any permitted adjournment or postponement of such meeting), or (vii) by either TCAC or SpringBig if Nasdaq rejects the listing of New SpringBig Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and such rejection is final and non-appealable.
If the Merger Agreement is validly terminated, none of the parties to the Merger Agreement will have any liability or any further obligation under the Merger Agreement other than customary confidentiality obligations, other than liability of any of the parties for (i) intentional and willful breach of the Merger Agreement or (ii) fraud.
The foregoing description of the Merger Agreement is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.6 hereto, and the terms of which are incorporated by reference. The Merger Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants that the respective parties made to each other as of the date of the Merger Agreement or other specific dates. The assertions embodied in those representations, warranties and covenants were made for purposes of the contract among the respective parties and are subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement will be filed to provide investors with information regarding its terms. It is not intended to provide any other factual information about the parties to the Merger Agreement. In particular, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in the Merger Agreement, which were made only for purposes of the Merger Agreement and as of specific dates, were solely for the benefit of the parties to the Merger Agreement, may be subject to limitations agreed upon by the contracting parties (including being qualified by confidential disclosures made for the purposes of allocating contractual risk between the parties to the Merger Agreement instead of establishing these matters as facts) and may be subject to standards of materiality applicable to the contracting parties that differ from those applicable to investors, security holders and reports and documents filed with the SEC. Investors and security holders are not third-party beneficiaries under Merger Agreement and should not rely on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, or any descriptions thereof, as characterizations of the actual state of facts or condition of any party to the Merger Agreement. In addition, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements and other terms of the Merger Agreement may be subject to subsequent waiver or modification. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties and other terms may change after the date of the Merger Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in TCAC’s public disclosures.
Sponsor Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, TCAC, the Sponsor, SpringBig and certain other persons party thereto entered into a sponsor agreement (the “Sponsor Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsor has agreed to, among other things, (i) vote in favor of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Merger) and (ii) waive any adjustment to the conversion ratio set forth in TCAC’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to the Class B ordinary shares of TCAC held by the Sponsor, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Sponsor Agreement.
The foregoing description of the Sponsor Agreement is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the form of Sponsor Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.7 hereto, and the terms of which are incorporated by reference.
PIPE Financing (Private Placement)

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement, TCAC entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and TCAC agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the closing date, an aggregate of 1,310,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $13,100,000 (the “PIPE Financing”).
The foregoing description of the Subscription Agreements is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the form of Subscription Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.8 hereto, and the terms of which are incorporated by reference.
Voting and Support Agreements

Concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, certain shareholders and option holders of SpringBig and TCAC (collectively, the “Supporting Holders”) entered into support agreements (collectively, the “Support Agreements”) with TCAC and SpringBig, pursuant to which the Supporting Holders have agreed to, among other things, (i) vote in favor of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) agree to a lockup of six months, and (iii) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements related to the Business Combination. The Supporting Holders hold sufficient shares of SpringBig to cause the approval of the Business Combination on behalf of SpringBig.
The foregoing description of the Support Agreements is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the form of Support Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.9 hereto, and the terms of which are incorporated by reference.
Registrations Rights Agreement
At the closing of the Business Combination, TCAC, our Sponsor and certain other holders of TCAC Class A common stock will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement (the “Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other matters, certain shareholders of TCAC and SpringBig will be granted certain customary demand and “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to their respective shares of New SpringBig Common Stock.
The foregoing description of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement is subject to and qualified by in its entirety by reference to the full text of the form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.11 hereto, and the terms of which are incorporated by reference.
Initial Business Combination

The rules of Nasdaq require that our initial business combination occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. We refer to this as the 80% fair market value test. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Even though our board of directors will rely on generally accepted standards, our board of directors will have discretion to select the standards employed. In addition, the application of the standards generally involves a substantial degree of judgment. Accordingly, investors will be relying on the business judgment of the board of directors in evaluating the fair market value of the target or targets. The proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents used by us in connection with any proposed transaction will provide public shareholders with our analysis of our satisfaction of the 80% fair market value test, as well as the basis for our determinations. If our board is not able independently to determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination, although there is no restriction on our doing so.
We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test. If our initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% fair market value test.
Corporate Information
Our executive offices are located at 655 Third Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10017, and our telephone number is (917) 460-7522. Our website is www.tuataraspac.com.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies wishing to conduct business outsidecompany and continuing and domesticating as a corporation incorporated under the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisionslaws of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied forState of Delaware and receivedit then changed its name to SpringBig Holdings, Inc.

Our principal executive office is located at 621 NW 53rd Street, Suite 260, Boca Raton, Florida 33487. Our telephone number is (800) 772-9172. Our website address is www.springbig.com. Information contained on our website is not a tax exemption undertaking frompart of this prospectus, and the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (1) on or in respectinclusion of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (2) by way of the withholdingwebsite address in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us..
We arethis prospectus is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.
Effecting Our Initial Business Combination
Generalinactive textual reference only.

We are not presently engaged in any operations. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our shares, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.
If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or the redemption of our public shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.
While we may pursue a business combination target in any business, industry or geographical location, we intend to focus our search for businesses in the cannabis industry that are compliant with all applicable laws and regulations within the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate and, in particular, we will not invest in, or consummate a business combination with, a target business that we determine has been operating, or whose business plan is to operate, in violation of U.S. federal laws, including the U.S. Controlled Substances Act. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, including the cannabis industry, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors.
Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination
The rules of Nasdaq require that our initial business combination occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. We refer to this as the 80% fair market value test. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Even though our board of directors will rely on generally accepted standards, our board of directors will have discretion to select the standards employed. In addition, the application of the standards generally involves a substantial degree of judgment. Accordingly, investors will be relying on the business judgment of the board of directors in evaluating the fair market value of the target or targets. The proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents used by us in connection with any proposed transaction will provide public shareholders with our analysis of our satisfaction of the 80% fair market value test, as well as the basis for our determinations. If our board is not able independently to determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination, although there is no restriction on our doing so.
We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test. If our initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% fair market value test.
To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.
We expect to conduct thorough due diligence as we evaluate a prospective target business to assess attributes that differentiate sustainable cannabis-servicing businesses from unattractive assets.
The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.
Lack of Business Diversification
For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:
subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and
cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.
Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team
Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.
We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.
Following our initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.
Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. At the completion of our initial business combination, we will be required to purchase any Class A ordinary shares properly delivered for redemption and not withdrawn. The amount in the trust account as of December 31, 2021 was approximately $10.00 per Class A ordinary share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our initial shareholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any. Permitted transferees of our initial shareholders, officers or directors will be subject to the same obligations.
Limitations on Redemptions
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In addition, our proposed initial business combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof. We may, however, raise funds through the issuance of equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop arrangements we may enter into, in order to, among other reasons, satisfy such net tangible assets or minimum cash requirements.
Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (1) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (2) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive, amalgamations pursuant to a scheme of arrangement and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would typically require shareholder approval. We intend to conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless shareholder approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or we choose to seek shareholder approval for business or other reasons.
If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:
conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we and our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.
In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, to be less than $5,000,001 upon completion of our initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules), or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.
If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:
conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

We expect that a final proxy statement would be mailed to public shareholders at least 10 days prior to the shareholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such shareholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. Although we are not required to do so, we currently intend to comply with the substantive and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A in connection with any shareholder vote even if we are not able to maintain our Nasdaq listing or Exchange Act registration.
In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.
If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we receive an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, our initial shareholders have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree) to vote their founder shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. Our directors and officers also have agreed to vote in favor of our initial business combination with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any. We expect that at the time of any shareholder vote relating to our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares without voting and, if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination. In addition, our initial shareholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of a business combination. Our directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 upon completion of our initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (1) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (2) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (3) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all public shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete such business combination or redeem any shares in connection therewith, and all public shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.
Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval
Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to Excess Shares without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our sponsor or its affiliates to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the public shares could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our sponsor or its affiliates at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the public shares, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.
Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve our initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System at the holder’s option, rather than simply voting against the initial business combination. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Pursuant to the tender offer rules, the tender offer period will be not less than 20 business days and, in the case of a shareholder vote, a final proxy statement would be mailed to public shareholders at least 10 days prior to the shareholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such shareholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.
There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.
The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of our initial business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s shares in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the general meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of our initial business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.
Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or two business days prior to the scheduled date of the general meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable (unless we elect to allow additional withdrawal rights). Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.
If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.
If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until February 17, 2023.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No Initial Business Combination
We have until February 17, 2023 to complete our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination by February 17, 2023, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023.
Our initial shareholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023. However, if our initial shareholders acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023.
Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 upon completion of our initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules).
We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.
If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.
Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver only if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company and, therefore, our sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such obligations. None of our other officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.
In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per share.
We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. At December 31, 2021, we had access to approximately $200 million from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants with which to pay any potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors; however, such liability will not be greater than the amount of funds from our trust account received by any such shareholder.
If we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable insolvency law, and may be included in our insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any insolvency claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file an winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or insolvency laws as a voidable performance. As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.
Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination by February 17, 2023, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with our initial business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.
Conflicts of Interest

All of our executive officers and certain of our directors have or may have fiduciary and contractual duties to certain companies in which they have invested. These entities may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing it. However, we do not expect these duties to present a significant conflict of interest with our search for an initial business combination.
Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary duties or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary duties or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor these fiduciary duties or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at 655 Third Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10017. The cost for the space is included in the up to $10,000 monthly fee that we will pay our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.
Employees
We currently have three executive officers and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period to our company will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.
Item 1A.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
An investment in our securitiesOur business involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all ofconsider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report before makingon Form 10-K, as well as the risks, uncertainties and other information set forth in the reports and other materials filed or furnished by us with the SEC. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. These risks could have a decisionmaterial and adverse impact on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a relatively short operating history in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to maintain profitability in the future.

We have a relatively short operating history in a quickly evolving industry that may not develop as we anticipate, if at all. Both our relatively short operating history and the pace of dramatic change in the cannabis industry, and the complex, multiple and sometimes conflicting regulatory regimes applicable to it, makes it difficult to assess our future prospects, and you should evaluate our business in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter as the industry continues to evolve. While our revenue has grown in recent periods, this growth may not be sustainable due to a number of factors, including the maturation of our business, increased competition and the eventual decline in the number of new major geographic markets in which the sale of cannabis is permitted and to which we have not already expanded. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability. Additionally, we expect our costs to increase in future periods as we expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things:

sales and marketing, including continued investment in our current marketing efforts and future marketing initiatives;
successfully compete with existing and future providers of other forms of marketing and customer engagement;
managing complex, disparate and rapidly evolving regulatory regimes imposed by U.S. and Canadian federal, state and provincial, local and other non-U.S. governments around the world applicable to cannabis and cannabis-related businesses;
executing our growth strategy;
hiring, integrating and retaining talented sales and other personnel;
expansion domestically and internationally in an effort to increase our client usage, client base, retail locations we serve, and our sales to our clients;
development of new products and services, and increased investment in the ongoing development of our existing products and services;
continuing to invest in our securities. If any of the following events occur,scaling our business, financial conditionparticularly around client success and operating resultsengineering;
avoiding interruptions or disruptions in our platform or services; and
general administration, including a significant increase in legal and accounting expenses related to public company compliance, continued compliance with various regulations applicable to cannabis industry businesses and other work arising from the growth and maturity of our company.

These expenditures may be materially adversely affected. In that event,not result in additional revenue or the tradinggrowth of our business. If we fail to continue to grow revenue or to sustain profitability, the market price of our securities could decline, and youour business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
20



If we do not successfully develop and deploy new software, platform features or services to address the needs of our clients, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.

Our success has been based on our ability to design software, platform features and services that address the needs of our clients. We spend substantial amounts of time and money researching and developing new technologies and enhanced versions of existing platform features, as well as new features, to meet our clients’ rapidly evolving needs. As consumers and clients demand comprehensive data analysis from platforms such as us, in conjunction with their point-of-sale providers, our ability to integrate with a client’s POS system and other third party technology integrations may become increasingly important. If we are unable to arrange or complete new integrations, or improve our existing integrations, we may lose allmarket share to competitors. There is no assurance that enhancements to our software, platform features or part of your investment. See also the Risk Factors thatnew services or capabilities will be set forthcompelling to our clients or gain market acceptance. If our research and development investments do not accurately anticipate market demand or if we fail to develop our software, platform features or services in a manner that satisfies client preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner, we may fail to retain our existing clients or increase demand for our services.

The introduction of new products and services by competitors or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing service offerings could make our platforms obsolete or adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may experience difficulties with software development, design, or marketing that delay or prevent our development, introduction or implementation of new platforms, platform features or capabilities, or cause errors to arise with our existing software. We have in the past experienced delays in our preliminary prospectus/proxy statementinternally planned release dates of new features and capabilities, and there can be no assurance that new platforms, platform features, or capabilities will be released according to be includedschedule. Any delays or other disruptions could result in a Registration Statement on Form S-4 that we filed on February 10, 2022 withadverse publicity, loss of revenue or market acceptance, or claims by consumers or suppliers brought against us, any of which could harm our business. Moreover, the SEC relatingdesign and development of new platforms or new platform features and capabilities to our proposed business combination with SpringBig.
Risks Relating toexisting platform may require substantial investment, and we have no assurance that such investments will be successful. If consumers in the Merger Agreement
Wemarket do not widely adopt our new platforms, platform features, and capabilities, we may not be able to realize a return on our investment and our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we fail to retain our existing clients and consumers or to acquire new clients and consumers in a cost-effective manner, our revenue may decrease and our business may be harmed.

We compete in a dynamic, innovative, and fairly new market, which we expect will continue to evolve rapidly. We believe that our success is dependent on our ability to continue identifying and anticipating the needs of our clients and, in turn, their consumers, and retaining our existing clients and adding new clients. While we have historically been able to grow and retain our client base, we may grow more slowly than we expect or than we have grown in the past. Our ability to retain clients depends in part on our ability to create and maintain high levels of client satisfaction, which we may not always be capable of providing, including for reasons outside of our control. Any decrease in client satisfaction or other change negatively affecting our ability to retain clients could result in a rapid, concentrated impact to our results going forward. Therefore, our failure to retain existing clients, even if such losses are offset by an increase in revenue resulting from the acquisition of new clients, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

If we fail to expand effectively into new markets, our revenue and business will be adversely affected.

While a key part of our business strategy is to add clients in our existing geographic markets, we intend to expand our operations into new markets if and as cannabis continues to be legalized in new markets. Any such expansion places us in competitive markets with which we may be unfamiliar, requires us to analyze the Business Combination pursuantpotential applicability of new and potentially complicated regulations regarding the usage, sale and marketing of cannabis, and involves various risks, including the need to invest significant time and resources and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved for several years, if at all. As a result of such expansion, we may incur losses or otherwise fail to enter new markets successfully. In attempting to establish a presence in new markets, we expect to incur significant expenses and face various other challenges, such as expanding our compliance efforts to cover those new markets. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenues sufficiently to offset these expenses. Our current and any future expansion plans will require significant resources and management attention.

We have a significant working capital deficiency and a history of losses, may need to raise additional funds to meet our obligations and sustain our operations and may not achieve profitability in the future. There is substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

SpringBig is an early-stage company with a history of losses. We incurred net losses of $13.1 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, we had a working capital deficiency of $1.5 million and we may need to raise additional funds to meet our obligations and sustain our
21


operations. In their report for the year ended December 31, 2022, our auditors have expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, based on the factors described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity & Capital Resources,” as of December 31, 2022, we concluded that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue to operate as a going concern for the 12 months following the issuance of the financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. SpringBig may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future. We may continue to incur net losses in the future, and such losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We will need to generate and sustain higher revenue for our business generally, and achieve greater scale and generate greater operating cash flows in future periods in order to achieve and maintain profitability.

Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue sufficiently to offset our higher operating expenses. We may continue to incur significant losses, and we may not achieve or maintain future profitability, due to a number of reasons, including the risks described in this report, unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays, and other unknown events. Furthermore, if our future growth and operating performance fail to meet investor or analyst expectations, or if we have future negative cash flow or losses resulting from our investment in acquiring customers or expanding our operations, this could make it difficult for you to evaluate our current business and our future prospects and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal law enforcement may deem our clients to be in violation of U.S. federal law, and, in particular the CSA. A change in U.S. federal policy on cannabis enforcement and strict enforcement of federal cannabis laws against our clients would undermine our business model and materially affect our business and operations.

U.S. federal law, and more specifically the CSA, proscribes the cultivation, processing, distribution, sale, advertisement and possession of cannabis. As a result, U.S. federal law enforcement authorities, in their attempt to regulate the illegal or unauthorized production, distribution, promotion, sale, possession, or use of cannabis, may seek to bring criminal actions against our clients under the CSA. If our clients are found to be violating U.S. federal law relating to cannabis, they may be subject not only to criminal charges and convictions, but also to forfeiture of property, significant fines and penalties, disgorgement of profits, administrative sanctions, cessation of business activities, or civil liabilities arising from proceedings initiated by either the U.S. government or private citizens. Any of these actions or consequences on our clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition, or could force us to cease operations, and as a result, our investors could lose their entire investment.

Further, to the Merger Agreement.extent any law enforcement actions require us to respond to subpoenas, or undergo search warrants, for client records, cannabis businesses could elect to cease using our products and services. Until the U.S. federal government changes the laws with respect to cannabis, and particularly if the U.S. Congress does not extend the omnibus spending bill’s protection of state medical cannabis programs, described below under the caption “Cannabis remains illegal under federal law, and therefore, strict enforcement of federal laws regarding cannabis would likely result in our inability to execute our business plan,” to apply to all state cannabis programs, U.S. federal authorities could more strictly enforce current federal prohibitions and restrictions. An increase in federal enforcement against companies licensed under state cannabis laws could negatively impact the state cannabis industries and, in turn, our business, operating results, financial condition, brand and reputation.

Some of our clients currently and in the future may not be in compliance with licensing and related requirements under applicable laws and regulations. Allowing unlicensed or noncompliant businesses to access our platform and services, or allowing businesses to use our solutions in a noncompliant manner, may subject us to legal or regulatory enforcement and negative publicity, which could adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, brand and reputation. In addition, allowing businesses that engage in false or deceptive advertising practices to use our solutions may subject us to negative publicity, which could have similar adverse impacts on us.

While we have instituted policies and procedures in connection with the verification and periodic screening of the licensing status of our clients operating cannabis retail businesses (and our contracts with clients generally provide for client representations relating to compliance, termination of services in the case of client noncompliance, and client indemnification obligations), some of our clients currently and in the future may not be in compliance with licensing and related requirements under applicable state laws and regulations. There could be legal enforcement actions against unlicensed or insufficiently licensed entities selling cannabis, which could negatively impact us.

Any legal or regulatory enforcement against us based on our platform, the content provided by clients, the marketing campaigns created by clients on our platform or noncompliance by our clients with licensing and other legal requirements, could subject us to various risks, including monetary penalties and/or required changes to our platform or business model, and would likely cause us to experience negative publicity. Any of these developments could materially and adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, brand, and reputation.

22


We generally do not, and cannot, ensure that our clients will conduct their business activities in a manner compliant with the complex, disparate and constantly evolving regulations and requirements affecting the legal cannabis industry. As a result, federal, state, provincial or local government authorities may seek to bring criminal, administrative or regulatory enforcement actions against our clients, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial conditions, or could force us to cease operations.

While our solutions provide features to support our clients’ compliance with certain regulations and other legal requirements applicable to the cannabis industry, and we have policies and procedures regarding the verification and periodic screening of the licensing status of our clients, we generally do not, and cannot, ensure that at all times our clients will conduct their business activities in a manner compliant with such regulations and requirements, in whole or in part. Their legal noncompliance could result in regulatory and even criminal actions against them, which could lead to a material adverse impact on our business and operating results or financial condition, and as a result, our investors could lose their entire investment. For additional information, see the other risk factors in this section, including “Some of our clients currently and in the future may not be in compliance with licensing and related requirements under applicable laws and regulations. Allowing unlicensed or noncompliant businesses to access our platform and services, or allowing businesses to use our solutions in a noncompliant manner, may subject us to legal or regulatory enforcement and negative publicity, which could adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, brand and reputation. In addition, allowing businesses that engage in false or deceptive advertising practices to use our solutions may subject us to negative publicity, which could have similar adverse impacts on us.”

Our business is dependent on U.S. state laws and regulations and Canadian federal and provincial laws and regulations pertaining to the cannabis industry.

Although the federal CSA classifies cannabis as a Schedule I controlled substance, many U.S. states have legalized cannabis to varying degrees. In addition, the enactment of the Cannabis Act legalized the commercial cultivation and processing of cannabis for medical and adult-use purposes in Canada and created a federal legal framework for controlling the production, distribution, promotion, sale and possession of cannabis. The Cannabis Act also provides the provinces and territories of Canada with the authority to regulate other aspects of adult-use cannabis, such as distribution, sale, minimum age requirements (subject to the minimum set forth in the Cannabis Act), places where cannabis can be consumed, and a range of other matters. The governments of every Canadian province and territory have implemented regulatory regimes for the distribution and sale of cannabis for recreational purposes. In addition, subsection 23(1) of the Cannabis Act provides that it is prohibited to publish, broadcast or otherwise disseminate, on behalf of another person, with or without consideration, any promotion that is prohibited by a number of sections of the Cannabis Act. The Cannabis Act therefore includes provisions that could apply to certain aspects of our business, both directly to the solutions we provide and indirectly on account of any noncompliance by those who use our offerings. However, as the Cannabis Act has been recently enacted, there is a lack of available interpretation, application and enforcement of the provisions that may be relevant to digital platforms such as ours, and as a result, it is difficult to assess our potential exposure under the Cannabis Act.

Laws and regulations affecting the cannabis industry in U.S. states and Canada are continually changing. Any change or even the speed of changes could require us to incur substantial costs associated with compliance or alter our business plan, and could detrimentally affect our operations, revenue, and profitability. The commercial cannabis industry is still a young industry, and we cannot predict the impact of the compliance regime to which it may be subject. We will incur ongoing costs and obligations related to regulatory compliance, and such costs may prove to be material. Failure to comply with regulations may result in additional costs for corrective measures, penalties or restrictions on our operations. In addition, changes in regulations, more vigorous enforcement thereof, or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to our operations or increased compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Given the concentration of our revenue from the sale of access to our platforms and services, any increase in the stringency of any applicable laws, including U.S. state, or Canadian federal, provincial or territorial, laws and regulations relating to cannabis, or any escalation in the enforcement of such existing laws and regulations against the current or putative cannabis industry within any jurisdiction, could negatively impact the profitability or viability of cannabis businesses in such affected jurisdictions, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.

In addition, although we have not yet been required to obtain any cannabis license as a result of existing cannabis regulations, it is possible that cannabis regulations may be enacted in the future that will require us to obtain such a cannabis license or otherwise seek to substantially regulate our business. U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial, local and other non-U.S. jurisdictions’ cannabis laws and regulations are broad in scope and subject to evolving interpretations, which could require us to incur substantial costs associated with compliance or alter our business plan. Our failure to adequately manage the risk associated with future regulations and adequately manage future compliance requirements may adversely affect our business, our status as a reporting company and our public listing. Further, any adverse pronouncements from political leaders or regulators about businesses related to the legal cannabis industry could adversely affect the price of our securities.

23


Because our business is dependent, in part, upon continued market acceptance of cannabis by consumers, any negative trends in the market could adversely affect our business operations.

We are dependent on public support, continued market acceptance and the proliferation of consumers in the state-level and Canadian legal cannabis markets. While we believe that the market and opportunities in the space will continue to grow, we cannot predict the future growth rate or size of the market. Any downturns in, or negative outlooks on, the cannabis industry may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Expansion of our business is dependent on the continued legalization of cannabis.

Expansion of our business is, in part, dependent upon continued legislative authorization, including by voter initiatives and referenda, of cannabis in various jurisdictions worldwide, including the legalization of recreational and medical use cannabis. Any number of factors could slow, halt, or even reverse progress in this area. Progress for the industry, while encouraging, is not assured. While there may be ample public support for legislative action in a particular jurisdiction, numerous factors could impact the legislative process, including lobbying efforts by opposing stakeholders as well as legislators’ disagreements about how to legalize cannabis as well as the interpretation, implementation, and enforcement of applicable laws or regulations.

Any one of these factors could slow or halt the legalization of cannabis, which would negatively impact our ability to expand our business. Additionally, the expansion of our business also depends on jurisdictions in which cannabis is currently legalized not narrowing, limiting or repealing existing laws legalizing and regulating cannabis, or altering the regulatory landscape in a way that diminishes the viability of cannabis businesses in those jurisdictions.

Our business is highly dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and any erosion or degradation of our brand recognition or reputation would likely adversely affect our business and operating results.

We believe that our business is highly dependent on the SpringBig brand identity and our reputation, which is critical to our ability to attract and retain clients and consumers. We also believe that the importance of our brand recognition and reputation will continue to increase as competition in the markets in which we operate continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are within our control and some of which are not. The factors affecting our brand recognition and reputation that are within our control include the following:

the efficacy of our marketing efforts;
our ability to maintain a high-quality, innovative, and error- and bug-free platform and similarly high quality client service;
our ability to maintain high satisfaction among clients (and our clients’ consumers);
the quality and perceived value of our platforms and services;
successfully implementing and developing new features and revenue streams;
our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce trademarks and other indicia of origin that are valuable to our brand;
our ability to successfully differentiate our platforms and services from competitors’ offerings;
our ability to continue to integrate with POS systems;
our ability to provide our clients with accurate and actionable insights from the consumer data and feedback collected through our platform;
our compliance with laws and regulations;
our ability to address any environmental, social, and governance expectations of our various stakeholders;
our ability to provide client support; and
any actual or perceived data breach or data loss, or misuse or perceived misuse of our platforms.

In addition, our brand recognition and reputation may be affected by factors that are outside our control, such as:

actions of competitors or other third parties;
consumers’ experiences with retailers or brands using our platform;
public perception of cannabis and cannabis-related businesses;
positive or negative publicity, including with respect to events or activities attributed to us, our employees, partners or others associated with any of these parties;
interruptions, delays or attacks on our platforms; and
litigation or regulatory developments.
24



Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity from one or more of the factors listed above may reduce demand for our platform and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brand may be costly and time-consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

We currently face intense competition in marketing and advertising services available to our clients, and we expect competition to further intensify as the cannabis industry continues to evolve.

The cannabis marketing and software services market is rapidly evolving and is currently characterized by intense competition, due in part to relatively low barriers to entry. We expect competition to further intensify in the future as cannabis continues to be legalized and regulated, new technologies are developed and new participants enter the cannabis CRM and marketing solutions market. Competitors for individual components of our service platforms include businesses both within and outside of the cannabis industry. These include businesses focused on marketing and customer engagement, commerce and POS solutions, and SaaS or other technology solutions for brands and retailers. In addition, if legal market for cannabis becomes more accepted and/or the regulatory regime for cannabis evolves, it may eliminate existing barriers preventing our clients from using traditional marketing and advertising channels. This could result in increased competition in our industry from both products and solutions offered by internet search engines and advertising networks, like Google, social media platforms, like Instagram and Facebook, various other newspaper, television, media companies, outdoor billboard advertising, and online merchant platforms, as well as new participants entering into the cannabis CRM and marketing services market. Such potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources than existing market participants. Additionally, as consumers and cannabis industry clients demand richer data, integrations with other cannabis industry participants such as point-of-sale providers may become increasingly important. If we are unable to do so,complete such new integrations as quickly as our competitors, or improve our existing integrations based on legacy systems, we may lose market share to such competitors. Our current and future competitors may also enjoy other competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, more varied or more focused offerings, better market acceptance, and larger marketing budgets.

Additionally, as the legalization of cannabis continues, cannabis cultivators, product manufacturers and distributors could experience consolidation as existing cannabis businesses seek to obtain greater market share and purchasing power and new entrants seek to establish a significant market presence. Consolidation of the cannabis markets could reduce the size of our potential client base and give remaining clients greater bargaining or purchasing power. This may in turn erode the prices for access to our services and platform and result in decreased margins. Further, heightened competition between cannabis businesses could ultimately have a negative impact on the viability of individual market participants, which could reduce or eliminate their ability to purchase our services and solutions.

If we are unable to compete effectively for any of these reasons, we may be unable to maintain our operations or develop our products and solutions, and as a result our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our brand, business and operating results could be harmed.

We have experienced rapid organic growth in our operations, which places substantial demands on management and our operational infrastructure. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we expect we will be required to improve existing, and implement new systems, procedures and controls including, among others, financial and operational systems. We will also be required to expand our finance, administrative and operations staff. We intend to continue making substantial investments in our sales, service and marketing workforce. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a significant number of new employees, while maintaining the beneficial aspects of our existing corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and a passion for our products and clients. In addition, our revenue may not grow at the same rate as the expansion of our business. There can be no assurance that our current and planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our future operations or that management will be able to hire, train, retrain, motivate and manage required personnel. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, the quality of our platform, efficiency of our operations, and management of our expenses could suffer, which could negatively impact our brand, business, profitability and operating results.

The growth of our business depends on our ability to accurately predict consumer trends, successfully offer new services, improve existing services and expand into new markets.

Our growth depends, in part, on our ability to successfully offer new platforms, products and services and improve and reposition our existing platforms and services to meet the requirements of our clients and their customers. This, in turn, depends on our ability to predict and respond to evolving consumer trends, demands and preferences. Our strategy is based on certain key trends and the projected growth of our key markets. However, historical trends may not be indicative of future trends and
25


forecasts or estimated growth rates may not be accurate, in whole or part, or ever materialize. Further, underlying markets could decline, overall growth rates in our product categories could be slower than anticipated.

The offering of innovative new platforms, products and services and expansion into new offerings involves considerable costs. Any new platform, product or service offering may not generate sufficient consumer interest and sales to become profitable or to cover the costs of its development and promotion and, as a result, may reduce our operating income. In addition, any such unsuccessful effort may adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we are unable to anticipate, identify, develop or market new offerings, that respond to changes in consumer requirements and preferences, or if our new offerings fail to gain consumer acceptance, we may be unable to grow our business as anticipated, our sales may decline and our margins and profitability may decline or not improve. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, we may not achieve our business objectives.

Our future success depends on our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, including our CEO, Jeffrey Harris, our CFO, Paul Sykes, our CTO, Navin Anand, and certain other key members of management. Competition for qualified personnel in the technology industry is intense. Additionally, we face challenges in attracting, retaining and motivating highly qualified personnel due to our relationship to the cannabis industry, which is rapidly evolving and has varying levels of social acceptance. Any failure to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel could materially harm our operating results and growth prospects.

If our current marketing model is not effective in attracting new clients, we may need to employ higher-cost sales and marketing methods to attract and retain clients, which could adversely affect our profitability.

We use our sales team to build relationships with our client base. Our sales team builds and maintains relationships with clients primarily through phone, email and other virtual contact, which is typically designed to allow us to cost-effectively service a large number of clients. We may need to employ more resource-intensive sales methods, such as increasing sales teams, to continue to attract and retain clients, particularly as we increase the number of our clients and our client base employs more sophisticated marketing operations, strategies and processes.

We have experience increased spending in connection with growing our sales, service and marketing operation and we expect to incur substantial costs associated with withdrawing from the transaction,higher sales and marketing expenses, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We may be unable to scale and adapt our existing technology and network infrastructure in a timely or effective manner to ensure that our platform is accessible, which would harm our reputation, business and operating results.

It is critical to our success that clients and consumers within our geographic markets be able to access our platform at all times. We may experience service disruptions, outages or other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, capacity constraints, and distributed denial of service, or “DdoS,” fraud or security attacks. In some instances, we may not be able to findidentify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the availability of our platform, especially during peak usage times and as our products become more complex or dependent on integration with third parties, or as usage or traffic increases. If our platform is unavailable when our clients (or their consumers) attempt to access it or it does not load as quickly as they expect, they may seek other solutions and may seek to cancel and not renew subscriptions for our services. We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the availability of our platform and to enable rapid releases of new features and products. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, respond adequately to service disruptions, upgrade our systems as needed or continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results would be harmed.

We expect to continue making significant investments in the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security and scalability of our platform. We may experience difficulties with the development of our platform that could delay or prevent the implementation of new solutions and enhancements. Software development involves a significant amount of time and resources for our product development team, and we may not be able to continue making those investments in the future.

To the extent we are not able to continue successfully improving and enhancing our platform, our business could be adversely affected.

Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our platform could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

26


We update our platform on a frequent basis. Despite efforts to test our updates, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in our platform until after it is deployed to our clients. We have discovered and expect we will continue to discover errors, failures and bugs in our platform and anticipate that certain of these errors, failures and bugs will only be discovered and remediated after deployment to clients. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity, security incidents, such as data breaches, government inquiries, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our platform, loss of competitive position, or claims by clients for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for client relations or other reasons, to expend additional sourcesresources in order to help correct the problem.

We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regular system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of inaccuracies in the data we collect for our clients, or unauthorized access or damage to, or the loss, acquisition, or inadvertent release or exposure of confidential or other sensitive data could cause our reputation to be harmed and result in claims against us, and cannabis businesses may elect not to purchase our products or, in the case of existing clients, renew their agreements with us or we may incur increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our software or other performance problems may be substantial and could harm our operating results and growth prospects.

A distributed denial of service attack, ransomware attack, security breach or unauthorized data access could impair or incapacitate our information technology systems and delay or interrupt service to our clients and consumers, harm our reputation, or subject us to significant liability.

We may become subject to DdoS attacks, a technique used by hackers to take an internet service offline by overloading its servers. In addition, ransomware attacks against businesses of all sizes are becoming increasingly common. Further, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may face increased cybersecurity risks due to our reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. Our platform may be subject to DdoS, ransomware or other cybersecurity attacks in the future and we cannot guarantee that applicable recovery systems, security protocols, network protection mechanisms and other procedures are or will be adequate to prevent network and service interruption, system failure or data loss. Moreover, our platform could be breached if vulnerabilities in our platform are exploited by unauthorized third parties or others. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently, and the size of DdoS attacks and the number and types of ransomware attacks are increasing. As a result, we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures or stop such attacks while they are occurring. A DdoS attack, ransomware attack or security breach could delay or interrupt service to our clients and consumers and may deter the utilization of our platform.

We also use information technology and security systems to maintain the physical security of our facilities and to protect our proprietary and confidential information, including that of our clients, consumers, and employees. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our facilities or information systems, or viruses, loggers, malware, ransomware, or other malfeasant code in our data or software, could compromise this information or render our systems and data unusable. Additionally, we rely on third-party “cloud-based” providers and we are therefore dependent on the security systems of these providers. Any security breaches or other unauthorized access to our service providers’ facilities or systems, or viruses, loggers, malware, ransomware or other malfeasant code in their data or software, could expose us to information loss, and misappropriation of confidential information, and other security breaches. In addition, our employees, contractors, or other third parties with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent security measures in order to misappropriate personal information, confidential information or other data, or may inadvertently release or compromise such data. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage security systems, or to obtain unauthorized access to data we or our contractors maintain, change frequently and are often not recognized until after an attack, we and our service providers may be unable to anticipate the techniques or implement adequate preventative measures.

Any actual or perceived DdoS attack, ransomware attack, security breach or other unauthorized access could damage our reputation and brand, result in decreased utilization of our platform, expose us to fines and penalties, government investigations, and a risk of litigation and possible liability, require us to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate any resulting problems and otherwise to remediate the incident, and require us to expend increased cybersecurity protection costs. We expect to incur significant costs in an effort to detect and prevent security breaches and other security-related incidents. Numerous state, federal and foreign laws and regulations require companies to notify individuals and/or regulatory authorities of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data. Any disclosures of security breaches, pursuant to these laws or regulations or otherwise, could lead to regulatory investigations and enforcement and negative publicity, and may cause our clients and consumers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures.

Additionally, our discovery of any security breach or other security-related incident, or our provision of any related notice, may be delayed or be perceived to have been delayed. Any of these impacts or circumstances arising from an actual or perceived attack, breach or other unauthorized access could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, reputation and relationships with clients and consumers.
27



Furthermore, while our errors and omissions insurance policies include liability coverage for certain of these matters, if we experienced a significant security incident, we could be subject to claims or damages that exceed our insurance coverage. We also cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, operating results, and reputation.

We rely upon cloud-based technologies provided by third parties, and technology systems and electronic networks supplied and managed by third parties, to operate our business, and interruptions or performance problems with these systems, technologies and networks may adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely on technologies and services provided by third parties in order to host our cloud-based infrastructure that operates our business. If any of these services becomes unavailable or otherwise is unable to serve our requirements due to extended outages, interruptions, or facility closure, or because it is no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted and our operations otherwise could be disrupted or otherwise impacted until appropriate substitute services, if available, are identified, obtained, and implemented.

We do not control, or in some cases have limited control over, the operation of the data center facilities and infrastructure we use, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, cyberattack, terrorism and similar other events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct, to adverse events caused by operator error, and to interruptions, data loss or corruption, and other performance problems due to various factors, including introductions of new capabilities, technology errors, infrastructure changes, DdoS attacks, or other security-related incidents. Changes in law or regulations applicable to data centers in various jurisdictions could also cause a disruption in service. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism or other act of malfeasance, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our platform operations and the loss, corruption of, unauthorized access to or acquisition of client or consumer data.

Our platform also depends on our ability to communicate through the public internet and electronic networks that are owned and operated by third parties. In addition, in order to provide our solutions on-demand and promptly, our computer equipment and network servers must be functional 24 hours per day, which requires access to telecommunications facilities managed by third parties and the availability of electricity, which we do not control. A severe disruption of one or more of these networks or facilities, including as a result of utility or third-party system interruptions, could impair our ability to process information and provide our solutions to our clients and consumers.

Any unavailability of, or failure to meet our requirements by, third-party data centers or other third-party technologies or services, or any disruption of the internet, utilities or the third-party networks or facilities that we rely upon, could impede our ability to make our platform accessible, harm our reputation, result in reduced traffic from consumers, cause us to issue refunds or credits to our clients, and subject us to potential liabilities. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business, reputation and operating results.

The impact of global, regional or local economic and market conditions may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our performance is subject to global economic conditions and economic conditions in one or more of our key markets, which impact spending by our clients and consumers. A majority of our clients’ access to capital, liquidity and other financial resources is constrained due to the regulatory restrictions applicable to cannabis businesses. As a result, these clients may be disproportionately affected by economic downturns. Clients may choose to allocate their spending to items other than our platform, especially during economic downturns.

Economic conditions may also adversely impact retail sales of cannabis. Declining retail sales of cannabis could result in our clients going out of business or deciding, to stop using our platform to conserve financial resources or move to different marketing solutions. Negative economic conditions may also affect third parties with whom we have entered into relationships and upon whom we depend in order to grow our business.

Furthermore, economic downturns could also lead to limitations on our ability to obtain debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all, reduced liquidity, decreases in the market price of SpringBig’s securities, decreases in the fair market
28


value of our financial or other assets, and write-downs of and increased credit and collectability risk on our trade receivables, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Negative economic conditions may be created or exacerbated by catastrophic events or health crises, including, among others, re-occurrence of the COVID-19 pandemic or similar wide-spread public health crises.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business and impair our ability to cover those costs.provide our platform to clients and consumers, resulting in costs for remediation, client and consumer dissatisfaction, and other business or financial losses.

Our operations depend, in part, on our ability to protect our operations against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. Despite precautions taken at our facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, spikes in usage volume or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce revenue, subject us to liability and lead to decreased usage of our platform and decrease sales of our marketing services, any of which could harm our business.

SpringBig’s operations and employees face risks related to health crises, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, that could adversely affect SpringBig’s financial condition and operating results. These widespread public health events such as a pandemic could materially affect SpringBig’s operations, including at SpringBig’s headquarters or anywhere else SpringBig operates, and the business or operations of SpringBig’s clients, consumers, partners or other third parties with whom SpringBig conducts business.

In connection with the Merger Agreement,recent COVID-19 pandemic, governments have, at various times, implemented significant measures intended to control the spread of the virus, including closures, quarantines, travel restrictions, health mandates and social distancing directives, and fiscal stimulus, and legislation designed to deliver monetary aid and other relief. In response to the risks posed by events like the COVID-19 pandemic and to comply with applicable governmental orders, SpringBig has taken active measures to promote the health and safety of our employees. These and other operational changes SpringBig has implemented or may implement in the future may negatively impact productivity and disrupt SpringBig’s business.

To the extent that these restrictions are reinstated and/or remain in place, additional prevention and mitigation measures are implemented in the future, or there is uncertainty about the effectiveness of these or any other measures to contain or treat COVID-19 or other human public health contagions or hazards, there is likely to be an adverse impact on global economic conditions and consumer confidence and spending, which could materially and adversely affect SpringBig’s operations as well as SpringBig’s relationships with clients and consumers.

Reinstating shelter-in-place orders and similar regulations promulgated in response to pandemics or other public health crises could impact the ability of SpringBig’s clients to operate their businesses. Such events have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, a temporary closure or disruption of SpringBig’s clients’ businesses, either due to government mandate or voluntary preventative measures. In the event of mandated business operations limitations, clients may not be able to withstand prolonged interruptions to their businesses, and may be forced to go out of business. Even if SpringBig’s clients are able to continue to operate their businesses, many may operate with limited hours and capacity and other limitations. Any limitations on or disruptions or closures of SpringBig’s clients’ businesses could in turn adversely affect SpringBig’s business. Further, we may experience a decrease in new clients due to a lack of financial resources or a decline in new markets as businesses and financial markets deal with the impact of and efforts to curb pandemic events. Further, these conditions may impact our ability to access financial markets to obtain the necessary funding to expand our business as currently contemplated, which may adversely affect our liquidity and working capital.

The extent of COVID-19’s ultimate effects on SpringBig’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the steps taken to prevent its resurgence or further spread, all of which are still uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. Given the continuing uncertainty about the pandemic’s continued effects, it is not currently possible to fully ascertain the overall ultimate impact of COVID-19 on SpringBig’s business. However, if the pandemic reemerges and/or persists as a severe worldwide health crisis, the disease may harm SpringBig’s business, and may also have incurred substantial costs researching, planningthe effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

Fluctuations in our quarterly and negotiatingannual operating results may adversely affect our business and prospects.

You should consider our business and prospects in light of the transaction. These costs include, butrisks and difficulties we encounter in the uncertain and rapidly evolving market for our solutions. Because the cannabis CRM, marketing services and technology markets are not limitednew and
29


evolving, predicting their future growth rate and size is difficult. This reduces our ability to accurately evaluate our future prospects and forecast quarterly or annual performance. In addition to the other risk factors discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:

our ability to attract new clients and retain existing clients;
our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan our expenses;
the effects of increased competition on our business;
our ability to successfully expand in existing markets and successfully enter new markets;
the impact of global, regional or economic conditions;
the ability of licensed cannabis markets to successfully grow and outcompete illegal cannabis markets;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
our ability to maintain and effectively manage an adequate rate of growth;
our ability to maintain and increase traffic to our platform;
costs associated with securing sourcesdefending claims, including intellectual property infringement claims and related judgments or settlements;
changes in governmental or other regulation affecting our business;
interruptions in platform availability and any related impact on our business, reputation or brand;
the attraction and retention of equityqualified personnel;
the effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events and/or health crises (including COVID-19); and debt financing, costs associated
the effectiveness of our internal controls.

Investors should not rely on outdated financial projections.

In connection with employing and retaining third-party advisors who performed the business combination, we disclosed certain projections of SpringBig’s potential financial auditing and legal services required to complete the transaction, and the expenses generated by our officers, executives, managers and employeesperformance in future years. As previously disclosed, in connection with the transaction. If,sale process, certain financial forecasts for whatever reason,fiscal yearsthrough 2024 were prepared by Legacy SpringBig’s management and made available to Tuatara. Also, as previously disclosed, the transactions contemplatedprojections were not prepared with a view toward public disclosure or with a view toward complying with U.S. GAAP, the published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the Merger AgreementAmerican Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information. Readers were cautioned not to rely on the prospective financial information because actual results are likely to differ materially from the prospective financial information. We reiterate our prior caution not to rely on the previously published and now outdated financial projections. We have not undertaken any obligation to publish any financial projections.

We may improve our products and solutions in ways that forego short-term gains.

We seek to provide the best experience for the clients who use our platform. Some of our changes may have the effect of reducing our short-term revenue or profitability if we believe that the benefits will ultimately improve our business and financial performance over the long term. Any short-term reductions in revenue or profitability could be greater than planned or the changes mentioned above may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

We currently have clients across the United States and Canada using our platform. We anticipate growing our business, in part, by continuing to expand our foreign operations. As we continue our expansion, we may enter new foreign markets where we have limited or no experience marketing and deploying our platform. If we fail to close,launch or manage our foreign operations successfully, our business may suffer.

We are subject to industry standards, governmental laws, regulations and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and any actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

We are subject to regulation by various federal, state, provincial, local and foreign governmental authorities, including those responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, anti-bribery laws, lobbying and election laws, securities laws and tax laws. These laws and regulations are subject to change over time and thus we must continue to monitor and dedicate resources to ensure continued compliance.

In addition, our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, provincial and foreign governmental agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing privacy and data protection laws and regulations. Numerous foreign, federal and state
30


laws and regulations govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of personally identifiable health information, including state privacy and confidentiality laws (including state laws requiring disclosure of breaches); federal and state consumer protection and employment laws; the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA; and European and other foreign data protection laws.

We receive, store, process, and use personal information and other user content. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide, including in the United States, is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, as many new laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personally identifiable information, or PII, and other data have been adopted or are under consideration and existing laws and regulations may be subject to new and changing interpretations. In the United States, the Federal Trade Commission and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use and dissemination of data. The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA imposes significant additional requirements with respect to the collection of personal information from California residents. The CCPA, among other things, creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. It remains unclear what, if any, modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted. Additionally, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, significantly modified the CCPA, which has resulted in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses. The CPRA created a new California state agency charged with enforcing state privacy laws, and there is uncertainty about potential enforcement actions that the new agency may take in the future. The effects of the CCPA and the CPRA remain far-reaching, and depending on final regulatory guidance and related developments, may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply.

We are also currently subject to a variety of, and may in the future become subject to additional U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations on advertising that are continuously evolving and developing, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or the TCPA, the Telemarketing Sales Rule, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act, or the CAN-SPAM Act, and, at the state level, the CCPA (as described above), the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act of 2021, or VCDPA, and the Colorado Privacy Act, or CPA. Many states are discussing potentially adopting similar comprehensive privacy legislation and we expect many of these will be implemented over the course of the next few years. These laws and regulations directly impact our business and require ongoing compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits as they continue to evolve, and may result in ever-increasing public and regulatory scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. Subsequent changes to data protection and privacy laws and regulations could also impact how we process personal information and, therefore, limit the effectiveness of our product offerings or our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic relationships that may involve the sharing of personal information.

Many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including Canada and other relevant jurisdictions where we conduct or may, in the future, conduct business, have laws and regulations concerning the collection and use of PII and other data obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more restrictive than those in the United States Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify or locate an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, internet protocol addresses and other types of data. In Canada, the federal Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, governs the collection, use and disclosure of PII in many provinces in Canada, and though it is silent with respect to territorial reach, the Federal Court of Canada has found that PIPEDA will apply to businesses established in other jurisdictions if there is a “real and substantial connection” between the organization’s activities and Canada. Provincial privacy commissioners take a similar approach to the interpretation and application of provincial private-sector privacy laws equivalent to PIPEDA. Further, Canada has robust anti-spam legislation. Organizations sending commercial electronic messages to individuals must either have express consent from the individual in the prescribed form or the situation must qualify as an instance of implied consent or other authorization set out in Canada’s Anti-Spam Legislation, or CASL. The penalties for non-compliance under CASL are significant and the regulator, the Canadian Radio- Television and Telecommunications Commission, is active with respect to enforcement.

Although we are working to comply with those federal, state, provincial and foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, governmental standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations that apply to us, those laws, regulations, standards and obligations are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another, other requirements or legal obligations, our practices or the features of our applications or platform. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our contractors to comply with federal, state, provincial or foreign laws or regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected security incident, whether or not resulting in loss of, unauthorized access to, or acquisition, alteration, destruction, release or transfer of PII or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause employees, clients and consumers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Any inability or perceived inability (even if unfounded) on our part to adequately address privacy, data protection, and information security concerns, or comply with applicable laws, regulations,
31


policies, industry standards, governmental standards, contractual obligations, or other legal obligations, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, restrict our ability to utilize collected personal information, and adversely affect our business.

We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, Canada and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, or amendments or changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, could impair our or our clients’ ability to collect, use, disclose or otherwise process information relating to employees or consumers, which could decrease demand for our applications, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our client and consumer bases and increase revenue. Such laws and regulations may require us to implement privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ consent to use PII or other data for certain purposes. In addition, a foreign government could require that any data collected in a country not be transferred or disseminated outside of that country, or impose restrictions or conditions upon such dissemination, and we may face difficulty in complying with any such requirements for certain geographic regions. Indeed, many privacy laws, such as those in force in Canada, already impose these requirements. If we fail to comply with federal, state, provincial and foreign data privacy laws and regulations, our ability to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals could be harmed. Furthermore, due to our acceptance of credit cards, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (also known as the “PCI-DSS”), which is designed to protect the information of credit card users.

In the event our determinations are challenged and found to have been incorrect, we may be subject to unfavorable publicity or claims by one or more state attorneys general, federal regulators, or private plaintiffs, any of which could damage our reputation, inhibit sales and adversely affect our business.

Governmental regulation of the internet continues to develop, and unfavorable changes could substantially harm our business and operating results.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as federal, state, provincial and foreign laws specifically governing the internet. Existing and future laws and regulations, narrowing of any existing legal safe harbors, or previous or future court decisions may impede the growth of the internet or online products and solutions, and increase the cost of providing online products and solutions. These laws may govern, among other issues, taxation, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, broadband residential internet access and the characteristics and quality of offerings. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales, use and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the internet or online services. There is also a risk that these laws may be interpreted and applied in conflicting ways across jurisdictions, and in a manner that is not consistent with our current practices. Unfavorable resolution of these issues may limit our business activities, expose us to potential legal claims or cause us to spend significant resources on ensuring compliance, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

Future investments in our growth strategy, including acquisitions, could disrupt our business and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We are seeking to expand using both organic and M&A growth strategies in keeping with the changing regulatory landscape in the U.S. Expanding accounts with existing clients, adding new clients, entering new markets, adding new features and functionality to our platform and/or acquisitions may involve significant investments of capital, time, resources and managerial attention. There can be no assurance that we will successfully implement any new products or solutions. External factors, such as additional regulatory compliance obligations, may also affect the successful implementation of new products and solutions through our platform.

Additionally, we may make acquisitions that could be responsiblematerial to our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows. Our ability as an organization to successfully acquire and integrate technologies, services, platforms or businesses is unproven. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the following:

an acquisition may negatively affect our operating results, financial condition or cash flows because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;
32


we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us, and potentially across different cultures and languages in the event of a foreign acquisition;
the acquired business may not perform at levels and on the timelines anticipated by our management and/or we may not be able to achieve expected synergies;
an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses and distract our management;
an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of sales for both us and the company we acquire due to uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of products or support from either company;
we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products or services;
an acquisition may involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have stronger market positions;
potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;
potential known and unknown liabilities associated with an acquired company;
if we incur debt to fund such acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business as well as financial maintenance covenants;
the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets or goodwill in future acquisitions;
to the extent that we issue a significant amount of equity or convertible debt securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing equity holders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease; and
managing the varying intellectual property protection strategies and other activities of an acquired company.

We may not succeed in addressing these costs, but willor other risks or any other problems encountered in connection with the integration of any acquired business. The inability to integrate successfully the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any acquired business, or any significant delay in achieving integration, could have no source of revenue with which to pay them. a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We may need to raise additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, causing dilution to our stockholders, restricting our operations or adversely affecting our ability to operate our business.

SpringBig may require additional financing to fund its operations or growth.In addition, we have substantial fixed expenses including rent and monthly principal and interests payments on the L1 Notes. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of SpringBig.We may need to raise additional capital and the funding provided by the L1 Notes and potentially available under the Cantor Equity Facility may not be sufficient or available in full.Such additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders. Further, the likelihood that our warrant holders will exercise their warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive, is dependent upon the trading price of our shares of common stock, which is currently below the applicable exercise price. If the trading price for our shares of common stock remains less than the applicable exercise price, we believe the warrant holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants. If our need is due to unforeseen circumstances or material expenditures or if our operating results are worse than expected, then we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional sourcesfinancing on favorable terms, if at all, and these additional financings could cause further dilution to our stockholders.Any funds we raise may not be sufficient to enable us to continue to implement our long-term business strategy. Further, our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions, increasing interest rates and the recent disruptions to and volatility in the credit and financial markets in the United States. Due to the current legal status of cannabis under U.S. federal law, we have experienced, and may in the future experience, difficulty attracting additional debt or equity financing. In addition, the current legal status of cannabis may increase the cost of capital now and in the future. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include equity conversion rights, covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, expending capital, or declaring dividends, or that impose financial covenants on us that limit our ability to achieve our business objectives. Debt financings may contain provisions, which, if breached, may entitle lenders to accelerate repayment of loans, and there is no assurance that we would be able to repay such loans in ordersuch an event or prevent the foreclosure of security interests granted pursuant to such debt financing. If we need but cannot raise additional capital on acceptable terms, then we may not be able to meet our business objectives and satisfy our financial obligations, our stock price may fall, and you may lose your investment.

Our obligations to the holder of the L1 Notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets, so if we default on those obligations, the noteholder could foreclose on, liquidate and/or take possession of our assets. If that were to happen, we could be forced to curtail, or even to cease, our operations.

On April 29, 2022, the Company entered into the Notes and Warrants Purchase Agreement with the Investor, pursuant to which the Company, on June 14, 2022, issued the L1 Notes and the Investor Warrants exercisable for shares of Common Stock
33


of the Company at an exercise price of $12 per share. Simultaneously, Legacy SpringBig entered into a guaranty agreement to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the L1 Notes and the Company and Legacy SpringBig entered into a security agreement, pursuant to which the Investor was granted a security interest in all of the assets of the Company and Legacy SpringBig to secure repayment of amounts due under the L1 Notes. As a result, if we default on our obligations under the L1 Note, the Investor could foreclose on its security interests and liquidate or take possession of some or all of the assets of the Company, Legacy SpringBig and its subsidiaries, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations and could require us to curtail, or even to cease our operations.

Our notes and related agreements restrict our ability to obtain additional debt and equity financing which may restrict our ability to grow and finance our operations and, further, no assurances can be made that we will receive additional cash proceeds from the exercise of the Investor Warrants.

The agreements related to the sale of the L1 Notes and Investor Warrants contain a number of restrictive covenants that may impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us while L1 Notes remain outstanding or unless the restrictions are waived by consent of each noteholder, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; incur liens or allow mortgages or other encumbrances; prepay, redeem, or repurchase certain other debt; pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock; sell assets or enter into or effect certain other transactions (including a reorganization, consolidation, dissolution or similar transaction or selling, leasing, licensing, transferring or otherwise disposing of assets of the Company or its subsidiaries); enter into variable rate transactions (exclusive of the Cantor Equity Facility); and adopt certain amendments to our governing documents, among other restrictions. In addition, the terms of the L1 Notes restrict our ability to issue additional equity capital under certain circumstances. A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under these agreements. As a result of these restrictions, we may be limited in how we conduct our business, unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns and/or unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The Company may not have the ability to prepay the L1 Notes prior to maturity except to the limited extent of proceeds from the Cantor Equity Facility to the extent available.

Further, while we could potentially receive substantial gross proceeds from the exercise of the Investor Warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all of the Investor Warrants, no assurances can be made that the Investor will elect to exercise any or all of such Investor Warrants and, accordingly, no assurance that we will receive any proceeds from the exercise of the Investor Warrants. We believe the likelihood that the Investor will exercise the Investor Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive, is dependent upon the trading price of our shares of common stock, which is currently substantially below the $12.00 exercise price. If the trading price for our shares of common stock remains less than $12.00 per share (or the adjusted exercise price in the event of dilutive issuances), we believe the Investor will be unlikely to exercise its warrants. Accordingly, we may not receive cash proceeds with respect to the Investor Warrants and we are restricted in our ability to raise additional debt or equity financing.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and the Nasdaq stock exchange. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may be subject to potential adverse tax consequences both domestically and in Canada.

We are a Delaware corporation that is treated as a C-corporation for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. We are subject to taxes, such as income, payroll, sales, use, value-added, property and goods and services taxes, in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. Our domestic and foreign tax liabilities are subject to various jurisdictional rules regarding the timing and allocation of revenue and expenses. Additionally, the amount of income taxes paid is subject to our interpretation of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file and to changes in tax laws. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities. From time to time, we may be subject to income and non-income tax audits. While we believe we have complied, and will continue to comply, with all applicable income tax laws, there can be no assurance that a governing tax authority will not have a different interpretation of the law and assess us with additional taxes. Should we be assessed with additional taxes, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, audits may require ongoing time and attention
34


from our management, which could limit their ability to focus on other aspects of our business and impact our business in the future.

The ability of SpringBig to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is conditioned upon SpringBig attaining profitability and generating taxable income. SpringBig has incurred significant net losses since inception and it is anticipated that SpringBig will continue to incur significant losses. Additionally, SpringBig’s ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As of December 31, 2022, SpringBig had approximately $26.4 million of U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which can be carried forward indefinitely. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) included a reduction to the maximum deduction allowed for net operating losses generated in tax years after December 31, 2017 and the elimination of carrybacks of net operating losses. In addition, net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Code, respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. If SpringBig has experienced an ownership change at any time since its incorporation, SpringBig may already be subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its existing net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset taxable income or tax liability. In addition, the business combination, and future changes in SpringBig’s stock ownership, which may be outside of SpringBig’s control, may trigger an ownership change. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit SpringBig’s use of accumulated state tax attributes. As a result, even if SpringBig earns net taxable income in the future, its ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset such taxable income or tax liability may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future income tax liability to SpringBig.

Changes in accounting standards or other factors could negatively impact our future effective tax rate.

Our future effective tax rate may be affected by such factors as changing interpretation of existing laws or regulations, the impact of accounting for equity-based compensation, the impact of accounting for business combinations, changes in our international organization, and changes in overall levels of income before tax. In addition, in the ordinary course of our global business, there are many intercompany transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, we cannot ensure that the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes will not be different from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals.

Changes in tax laws or regulations and compliance in multiple jurisdictions may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or operating results.

We are subject to the income tax laws of the United States and Canada. New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could affect the tax treatment of our U.S. and foreign earnings. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and foreign business operations, and our business and financial performance. In addition, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances, such as Section 280E of the Code, discussed below, could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. Furthermore, changes to the taxation of undistributed foreign earnings could change our future intentions regarding reinvestment of such earnings. The foregoing items could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or operating results. Requirements as to taxation vary substantially among jurisdictions. Complying with the tax laws of these jurisdictions can be time consuming and expensive and could potentially subject us to penalties and fees in the future if we were to inadvertently fail to comply. If we were to inadvertently fail to comply with applicable tax laws, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain taxing authorities may successfully assert that SpringBig should have collected or that in the future SpringBig should collect sales and use or similar taxes for certain services which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We do not collect sales and use or similar taxes in the United States or Canada based on our determination that such taxes are not applicable to our platform. Based on the U.S. Supreme Court’s ruling in South Dakota v. Wayfair, certain state taxing authorities may assert that SpringBig had economic nexus with their state and was required to collect sales and use or similar taxes with respect to certain past services that SpringBig has provided (or with respect to future services that SpringBig will provide), which could result in tax assessments and penalties and interest. A successful assertion that SpringBig should be collecting additional sales and use or similar taxes or remitting such sales and use or similar taxes directly to states or other jurisdictions could have an adverse effect on SpringBig and its business.

35


Additional Risks Related to the Cannabis Industry

Cannabis remains illegal under federal law, and therefore, strict enforcement of federal laws regarding cannabis would likely result in our inability to execute our business plan.

Cannabis, other than hemp (defined by the U.S. government as Cannabis sativa L. with a THC concentration of not more than 0.3% on a dry weight basis), is a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA. Even in states or territories that have legalized cannabis to some extent, the cultivation, possession, and sale of cannabis all violate the CSA and are punishable by imprisonment, substantial fines and forfeiture. Moreover, individuals and entities may violate federal law if they aid and abet another in violating the CSA, or conspire with another to violate the law, and violating the CSA is a predicate for certain other crimes, including money laundering laws and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled that the federal government has the authority to regulate and criminalize the sale, possession and use of cannabis, even for individual medical purposes, regardless of whether it is legal under state law. For many years, however, the U.S. government has not prioritized the enforcement of those laws against cannabis companies complying with state law and their vendors. No reversal of that policy of prosecutorial discretion is expected under the Biden administration, although prosecutions against state-legal entities cannot be ruled out.

On January 4, 2018, then U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions issued a memorandum for all U.S. Attorneys (the “Sessions Memo”) rescinding certain past DOJ memoranda on cannabis law enforcement, including the Memorandum by former Deputy Attorney General James Michael Cole (the “Cole Memo”) issued on August 29, 2013, under the Obama administration. Describing the criminal enforcement of federal cannabis prohibitions against those complying with state cannabis regulatory systems as an inefficient use of federal investigative and prosecutorial resources, the Cole Memo gave federal prosecutors discretion not to prosecute state law compliant cannabis companies in states that were regulating cannabis, unless one or more of eight federal priorities were implicated, including use of cannabis by minors, violence, or the use of federal lands for cultivation. The Sessions Memo, which remains in effect, states that each U.S. Attorney’s Office should follow established principles that govern all federal prosecutions when deciding which cannabis activities to prosecute. As a result, federal prosecutors could and still can use their prosecutorial discretion to decide to prosecute even state-legal cannabis activities. Since the Sessions Memo was issued nearly three years ago, however, U.S. Attorneys have generally not prioritized the targeting of state law compliant entities.

Attorney General William Barr testified in his confirmation hearing on January 15, 2019, that he would not upset “settled expectations,” “investments,” or other “reliance interest[s]” arising as a result of the Cole Memo, and that he did not intend to devote federal resources to enforce federal cannabis laws in states that have legalized cannabis “to the extent people are complying with the state laws.” He stated: “My approach to this would be not to upset settled expectations and the reliance interests that have arisen as a result of the Cole Memorandum and investments have been made and so there has been reliance on it, so I don’t think it’s appropriate to upset those interests.” He also implied that the CSA’s prohibitions of cannabis may be implicitly nullified in states that have legalized cannabis: “[T]he current situation … is almost like a back-door nullification of federal law.” Industry observers generally have not interpreted Attorney General Barr’s comments to suggest that the DOJ would proceed with cases against participants who entered the state-legal industry after the Cole Memo’s rescission.

As such, we cannot assure that each U.S. Attorney’s Office in each judicial district where we operate will not choose to enforce federal laws governing cannabis sales against state-legal companies like our business clients. The basis for the federal government’s lack of recent enforcement with respect to the cannabis industry extends beyond the strong public sentiment and ongoing prosecutorial discretion. Since 2014, versions of the U.S. omnibus spending bill have included a provision prohibiting the DOJ, which includes the Drug Enforcement Administration, from using appropriated funds to prevent states from implementing their medical-use cannabis laws. In USA vs. McIntosh, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit held that the provision prohibits the DOJ from spending funds to prosecute individuals who engage in conduct permitted by state medical-use cannabis laws and who strictly comply with such laws. The court noted that, if the spending bill provision were not continued, prosecutors could enforce against conduct occurring during the statute of limitations even while the provision was previously in force. Other courts that have considered the issue have ruled similarly, although courts disagree about which party bears the burden of proof of showing compliance or noncompliance with state law. Certain of our clients that are retailers currently (and may in the future) sell adult-use cannabis, if permitted by such state and local laws now or in the future, and therefore may be outside any protections extended to medical-use cannabis under the spending bill provision. This could subject such retailer clients to greater and/or different federal legal and other risks as compared to businesses where cannabis is sold exclusively for medical use, which could in turn materially adversely affect our business. Furthermore, any change in the federal government’s enforcement posture with respect to state-licensed cannabis sales, including the enforcement postures of individual federal prosecutors in judicial districts where we operate, would result in our inability to execute our business plan, and we would likely suffer significant losses with respect to client base, which would adversely affect our operations, cash flow and financial condition.

36


On March 11, 2021, Merrick Garland was sworn in as the U.S. Attorney General. During his campaign, President Biden stated a policy goal to decriminalize possession of cannabis at the federal level, but he has not publicly supported the full legalization of cannabis. In response to questions posed by Senator Cory Booker, Merrick Garland stated during February 2021 congressional testimony that he would reinstitute a version of the Cole Memorandum. He reiterated the statement that the Justice Department under his leadership would not pursue cases against Americans “complying with the laws in states that have legalized and are effectively regulating marijuana,” in written responses to the Senate Judiciary Committee provided around March 1. It is not yet known whether the Department of Justice under President Biden and Attorney General Garland, will re-adopt the Cole Memorandum or announce a substantive marijuana enforcement policy. Justice Garland indicated at a confirmation hearing before the United States Senate that it did not seem to him to be a useful use of limited resources to pursue prosecutions in states that have legalized and that are regulating the use of marijuana, either medically or otherwise. It is unclear what impact, if any, the current or any new administration will or would have on U.S. federal government enforcement policy on cannabis. Nonetheless, there is no guarantee that the position of the Department of Justice will not change.

Industry observers are hopeful that the current U.S. political environment will increase the chances of federal cannabis policy reform. However, we cannot provide assurances about the content, timing or chances of passage of a bill legalizing cannabis or liberalizing cannabis regulations. Accordingly, we cannot predict the timing of any change in federal law or possible changes in federal enforcement. In the event that the federal government were to reverse its long-standing hands-off approach to the state legal cannabis markets and start more broadly enforcing federal law regarding cannabis, we would likely be unable to execute our business plan, and our business and financial results would be adversely affected.

Our business and our clients are subject to a variety of U.S. and foreign laws regarding financial transactions related to cannabis, which could subject our clients to legal claims or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We and our clients are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States regarding financial transactions. Violations of the U.S. anti-money laundering (AML) laws require proceeds from enumerated criminal activity, which includes trafficking in cannabis in violation of the CSA. Financial institutions that both we and our clients rely on are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the USA Patriot Act. In Canada, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder and the Criminal Code (Canada) apply. The penalties for violation of these laws include imprisonment, substantial fines and forfeiture.

In 2014, the DOJ under the Obama administration directed federal prosecutors to exercise restraint in prosecuting AML violations arising in the state legal cannabis programs and to consider the federal enforcement priorities enumerated in the Cole Memo when determining whether to charge institutions or individuals based upon cannabis-related activity. Around the same time, the Treasury Department issued guidance that clarified how financial institutions can provide services to cannabis-related businesses, consistent with financial institutions’ obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Then-Attorney General Sessions’s rescission of the DOJ’s guidance on the state cannabis programs in early 2018 increased uncertainty and heightened the risk that federal law enforcement authorities could seek to pursue money laundering charges against entities, or individuals, engaged in supporting the cannabis industry. On January 31, 2018, the Treasury Department issued additional guidance that the 2014 Guidance would remain in place until further notice, despite the rescission of the DOJ’s earlier guidance memoranda.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States, Canada and elsewhere that prohibit money laundering, including the Proceeds of Crime and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) and the Money Laundering Control Act (U.S.), as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by governmental authorities in the United States, Canada or any other jurisdiction in which we have business operations or to which we export our offerings. If any of our clients’ business activities, any dividends or distributions therefrom, or any profits or revenue accruing thereby are found to be in violation of money laundering statutes, our clients could be subject to criminal liability and significant penalties and fines. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, by our clients could disrupt our operations and involve significant management distraction and expenses. As a result, a significant number of our clients facing money laundering charges could materially affect our business, operations and financial condition. Additionally, proceeds from our clients’ business activities, including payments we have received from those clients, could be subject to seizure or forfeiture if they are found to be illegal proceeds of a crime transmitted in violation of anti-money laundering laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Finally, if any of our clients are found to be violating the above statutes, this could have a material adverse effect on their ability to access or maintain financial services, as discussed in detail below, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are dependent on our banking relations, and we may have difficulty accessing or consistently maintaining banking or other financial services due to our connection with the cannabis industry.

Although we do not grow or sell cannabis products, our general connection with the cannabis industry may hamper our efforts to do business or establish collaborative relationships with others that may fear disruption or increased regulatory scrutiny of their own activities.
37



We are dependent on the banking industry to support the financial functions of our products and solutions. Our business operating functions including payroll for our employees, real estate leases, and other expenses are handled and reliant on traditional banking. We require access to banking services for both us and our clients to receive payments in a timely manner. Lastly, to the extent we rely on any lines of credit, these could be affected by our relationships with financial institutions and could be jeopardized if we lose access to a bank account. Important components of our offerings depend on client accounts and relationships, which in turn depend on banking functions. Most federal and federally-insured state banks currently do not serve businesses that grow and sell cannabis products on the stated ground that growing and selling cannabis is illegal under federal law, even though the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN, issued guidelines to banks in February 2014 that clarified how financial institutions can provide services to cannabis-related businesses, consistent with financial institutions’ obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. While the federal government has generally not initiated financial crimes prosecutions against state-law compliant cannabis companies or their vendors, the government theoretically could, at least against companies in the adult-use markets. The continued uncertainty surrounding financial transactions related to cannabis activities and the subsequent risks this uncertainty presents to financial institutions may result in their discontinuing services to the cannabis industry or limit their ability to provide services to the cannabis industry or ancillary businesses providing services to the cannabis industry.

As a result of federal-level illegality and the risk that providing services to state-licensed cannabis businesses poses to banks, cannabis-related businesses face difficulties accessing banks that will provide services to them. When cannabis businesses are able to find a bank that will provide services, they face extensive client due diligence in light of complex state regulatory requirements and guidance from FinCEN, and these reviews may be time-consuming and costly, potentially creating additional barriers to financial services for, and imposing additional compliance requirements on, us and our clients. FinCEN requires a party in trade or business to file with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, a Form 8300 report within 15 days of receiving a cash payment of over $10,000. While we do not receive cash payments for the products we sell, if we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, the imposition of a substantial penalty could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure that our strategies and techniques for designing our products and solutions for our clients will operate effectively and efficiently and not be adversely impacted by any refusal or reluctance of banks to serve businesses that grow and sell cannabis products. A change in banking regulations or a change in the position of the banking industry that permits banks to serve businesses that grow and sell cannabis products may increase competition for us, facilitate new entrants into the industry offering platforms, products or solutions similar to those that we offer, or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations. Also, the inability of potential clients in our target market to open accounts and otherwise use the services of banks or other financial institutions may make it difficult for us to conduct business, including receiving payments in a timely manner.

We do not sell cannabis, or products that contain cannabis; accordingly, our company is not part of the cannabis industry that would be restricted from using federal and federally insured banks. However, because of the fact that our revenue is generated largely from companies licensed as operators in the cannabis industry, banks have and may continue to consider us to be part of the cannabis industry that is subject to banking restrictions. If we were to lose any of our banking relationships or fail to secure additional banking relationships in the future, we could experience difficulty and incur increased costs in the administration of our business, paying our employees, accepting payments from clients, each of which may adversely affect our reputation or results of operations. Additionally, the closure of many or one of our bank accounts due to a bank’s reluctance to provide services to a business working with state legal cannabis businesses would require significant management attention from SpringBig and could materially adversely affect our business and operations. In addition to banks and financial institutions, merchant processors may take a similar view of the risks of working with SpringBig since we provide services to cannabis businesses, and loss of any of our merchant processor relationships could have similar results. Moreover, Visa reportedly prohibits processing of transactions involving cannabis on its network, and Mastercard has reportedly stated that it is evaluating the inconsistency between U.S. state and federal cannabis law.

We may have difficulty using bankruptcy courts due to our involvement in the regulated cannabis industry.

We currently have no need or plans to seek bankruptcy protection. U.S. courts have held that debtors whose income is derived from cannabis or cannabis assets in violation of the CSA cannot seek federal bankruptcy protections. Although we are not in the business of growing or processing cannabis or selling or even possessing cannabis or cannabis products, a U.S. court could determine that our revenue is derived from cannabis or cannabis assets and prevent us from obtaining bankruptcy protections if necessary.

The conduct of third parties may jeopardize our business.

We cannot guarantee that our systems, protocols, and practices will prevent all unauthorized or illegal activities by our clients. Our success depends in part on our clients’ ability to operate consistently with the regulatory and licensing requirements of each state, local, and regional jurisdiction in which they operate. We have policies and procedures to review cannabis license
38


information for operational cannabis retail clients to ensure validity and accuracy of such license information. We cannot ensure that the conduct of our clients, who are third parties, and their actions could expose them to legal sanctions and costs, which would in turn, adversely affect our business and operations.

A failure to comply with laws and regulations regarding our use of telemarketing, including the TCPA, could increase our operating costs and materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our technology allows dispensaries to send outbound text communications to their customers. While we believe that it is each dispensary’s responsibility for compliance with state and federal laws regulating outbound communications, we recognize that SpringBig may be named in actions alleging violations of these laws or otherwise have to be involved in demands and actions stemming from alleged violations of these laws (e.g., through subpoenas). There are a number of state and federal laws regulating outbound telephonic communications, including the TCPA and Telemarketing Sales Rule. The U.S. Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC, and the FTC have responsibility for regulating various aspects of these laws. Individual states, like Washington and Florida, also separately regulate outbound telephonic communications. Among other requirements, the TCPA and other laws require the sender of the message to obtain prior express written consent for telemarketing calls and to adhere to state and national “do-not-call” registry requirements and implement various compliance procedures. These laws impact dispensary customers’ ability to communicate with their customers and can impact effectiveness of our marketing programs. These laws also raise the risk that SpringBig could be named directly or involved indirectly in litigation. The TCPA and other similar laws do not distinguish between voice and data communications, and, as such, SMS/MMS messages are also “calls” for the purpose of these outbound telephonic communication statutes.

The TCPA and similar state laws provide for a private right of action under which a plaintiff may bring suit and, oftentimes, allow the recovery of statutory damages. The TCPA, by way of example, imposes statutory damages of between $500 and $1,500 per violation. There is no statutory cap on maximum aggregate exposure (although some courts have applied in TCPA class actions constitutional limits on excessive penalties). An action may be brought by the FCC, a state attorney general, an individual on behalf of the individual or a class of individuals. Like other companies that play an intermediary role between the sender (the dispensary) and the recipient (the dispensary customer) of telephonic communications, we have been sued under the TCPA and have received a number of subpoenas in TCPA cases brought against dispensaries. If in the future we are found to have violated the TCPA or any similar state law, particularly on a class-wide basis, the amount of damages and potential liability could be extensive and materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may continue to be subject to constraints on marketing our products.

Certain of the states in which we operate have enacted strict regulations regarding marketing and sales activities on cannabis products, which could affect our cannabis retail clients’ demand for our platform and marketing services. There may be restrictions on sales and marketing activities of cannabis businesses imposed by government regulatory bodies that can hinder the development of our business and operating results because of the restrictions our clients face. If our clients are unable to effectively market our products and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through increased selling prices for our products for our clients, this could hamper demand for our products and services from licensed cannabis retailers, which could result in a loss of revenue.

Cannabis businesses are subject to unfavorable U.S. tax treatment.

Section 280E of the Code does not allow any deduction or credit for any amount paid or incurred during the taxable year in carrying on business, other than costs of goods sold, if the business (or the activities which comprise the trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedules I and II of the CSA). The IRS has applied this provision to cannabis operations, prohibiting them from deducting expenses associated with cannabis businesses beyond costs of goods sold and asserting assessments and penalties for additional taxes owed. Section 280E of the Code may have a lesser impact on cannabis cultivation and manufacturing operations than on sales operations, which directly affects our suppliers, who are cannabis retailers and brands. However, Section 280E of the Code and related IRS enforcement activity have had a significant impact on the operations of all cannabis companies. While Section 280E of the Code does not directly affect SpringBig, it lowers SpringBig’s clients’ profitability, and could result in decreased demand or higher price sensitivity for SpringBig’s listing, marketing, and customer loyalty services. An otherwise profitable cannabis business may operate at a loss after taking into account its U.S. income tax expenses. This affects SpringBig because SpringBig’s sales and operating results could be adversely affected if SpringBig’s clients decrease their marketing budgets and are operating on lower profit margins as a result of unfavorable treatment by the Code.

Service providers to cannabis businesses may also be subject to unfavorable U.S. tax treatment.

39


As discussed above, under Section 280E of the Code, no deduction or credit is allowed for any amount paid or incurred during the taxable year in carrying on business, other than costs of goods sold, if the business (or the activities which comprise the trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedules I and II of the CSA). The IRS has applied this provision to cannabis operations, prohibiting them from deducting expenses associated with cannabis businesses and asserting assessments and penalties for additional taxes owed. While we do not believe that Section 280E of the Code applies to our business, and, generally, ancillary service providers who work with state-licensed cannabis businesses have not been subject to Section 280E of the Code, because they are providing services or products other than cannabis, if the IRS interprets the section to apply, it would significantly and materially affect our profitability and financial condition.

The MORE Act, which was passed by the House of Representatives in 2020 and reintroduced in the Senate for consideration on September 30, 2021, would remove marijuana from the CSA, which would effectively carve out state-legal cannabis businesses from Section 280E of the Code. However, the MORE Act would impose two new taxes on cannabis businesses: an excise tax measured by the value of certain cannabis products and an occupational tax assessed on the enterprises engaging in cannabis production and sales. Although these novel tax provisions are included in the MORE Act passed by the House of Representatives, it is challenging to predict whether, when and in what form the MORE Act could be enacted into law and how any such legislation would affect the activities of SpringBig. Similarly, the recently introduced States Reform Act would also effectively carve out state-legal cannabis businesses from Section 280E of the Code but at the same time impose a new excise tax on cannabis businesses (albeit at a lower rate than the proposed MORE Act).

Cannabis businesses may be subject to civil asset forfeiture.

Any property owned by participants in the cannabis industry used in the course of conducting such business, or that represents proceeds of such business or is traceable to proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture because of the illegality of the cannabis industry under federal law. Even if the owner of the property is never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture. Forfeiture of assets of our cannabis business clients could adversely affect our revenues if it impedes their profitability or operations and our clients’ ability to continue to subscribe to our services.

Due to our involvement in the cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liability.

Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance, is more difficult for us to find and is more expensive or contains significant exclusions because our clients are cannabis industry participants. There are no guarantees that we will be able to find such insurance coverage in the future or that the cost will be affordable to us. If we are forced to operate our business without such insurance coverage, it may prevent us from entering into certain business sectors, may inhibit our growth, and may expose us to additional risk and financial liabilities. If we experience an uninsured loss, it may result in loss of anticipated cash flow and could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and business.

There may be difficulty enforcing certain of our commercial agreements and contracts.

Courts will not enforce a contract deemed to involve a violation of law or public policy. Because cannabis remains illegal under U.S. federal law, certain parties to contracts involving the state-legal cannabis industry have argued that the agreement was void as federally illegal or against public policy. Some courts have accepted this argument in certain cases, usually against the company trafficking in cannabis. While courts have enforced contracts related to activities by state-legal cannabis companies, and the trend is generally to enforce contracts with state-legal cannabis companies and their vendors, there remains doubt and uncertainty that we will be able to enforce all of our commercial agreements in court for this reason. We cannot be assured that we will have a remedy for breach of contract, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may in the future be, subject to disputes and assertions by third parties with respect to alleged violations of intellectual property rights. These disputes could be costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.

We may, from time to time in the future, face allegations that we have violated the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patent, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property rights. Even if the claims are without merit, defending these types of claims may result in substantial costs, the diversion of the attention of management, and the disruption of our operations. In particular, patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict. We may be required to stop offering certain features, purchase licenses or modify our products and
40


features while we develop non-infringing substitutes, or become subject to significant settlement costs. These claims also could subject us to significant liability for damages and could result in our having to stop using or hosting technology, content, branding or business methods found to be in violation of another party’s rights. We do not own any patents and, therefore, may be unable to deter competitors or others from pursuing patent or other intellectual property infringement claims against us through the threat of counter-suit.

Companies in the software-as-a-service (SaaS) vertical in which we operate and other industries may own large numbers of patents, copyrights, and trademarks and may frequently request license agreements, threaten litigation or file suit against us based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Our platform features third-party brands, which may themselves infringe third party intellectual property rights and could bring us into litigation between the parties. Further, although we contractually seek indemnification protection from our clients, clients may not be solvent or financially able to indemnify us. We may be required or may opt to seek a license of intellectual property rights held by others, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if a license is available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. We may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, content, branding, or business methods, which could require significant effort and expense and which we may not be able to secure on the same terms as our existing financingaccomplish efficiently, or at all. If we cannot use, license, or develop technology, content, branding, or business methods for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we may be unable to compete effectively. Further, as we face increasing competition and as our business grows, we will face an increasing likelihood of claims of infringement.

The results of litigation and claims to which we may be subject cannot be predicted with certainty. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, reputation and operating results.

Some of our solutions contain open source software, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software and solutions.

We use open source software that we have obtained from third parties or is included in software packages in our solutions and will continue to use open source software in the future. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable, and is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. From time to time, we may face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software and/or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary source code), or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated solutions unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could have a negative effect on our business and operating results.

The success of our business heavily depends on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

Our business depends on our intellectual property, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property rights and laws and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. As examples of such restrictions, we attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology and confidential information by entering into confidentiality and inventions assignment agreements and non-competition agreements with employees, contractors, consultants and business partners who develop intellectual property on our behalf, and entering into non-disclosure agreements with our business partners. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties, as examples, may copy aspects of our website features, software and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary.

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, including trademarks, they may not be recognized in the future, or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. For example, we have registered, among numerous other trademarks, “SpringBig” as a trademark in the U.S. Competitors have and may continue to adopt service names similar to ours, thereby harming our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to consumer confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. Litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the U.S. and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights may
41


be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could harm our business and operating results.

Further, we may be subject, from time-to-time, to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. We generally enter into confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and contractors. These agreements generally provide that inventions conceived by the party in the course of rendering services to us will be our exclusive property. However, those agreements may not be honored and may not effectively assign intellectual property rights to us. Moreover, there may be some circumstances, where we are unable to secure new sourcesnegotiate for such ownership rights. If we are subject to a dispute challenging our rights in or to patents or other intellectual property, such a dispute could be expensive and time consuming. If we were unsuccessful, we could lose valuable rights in intellectual property that we regard as our own, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Securities and Certain Tax Matters

If we fail to meet all applicable requirements of Nasdaq, and Nasdaq determines to delist our common stock, the delisting could adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock and the market price of our common stock could decrease.

On September 7, 2022, we received a letter from the listing qualifications department staff of Nasdaq (the “Nasdaq Staff”) notifying us that for the last 30 consecutive business days, our minimum Market Value of Listed Securities (“MVLS”) was below the minimum of $50 million required for continued listing on The Nasdaq Global Market pursuant to Nasdaq listing rule 5450(b)(2)(A).The notice had no immediate effect on the listing of our common stock or warrants.In accordance with Nasdaq listing rule 5810(c)(3)(C), the Company has 180 calendar days, or until March 6, 2023, to regain compliance. The notice states that to regain compliance, the Company’s MVLS must close at $50 million or more for a minimum of ten consecutive business days during the compliance period ending March 6, 2023. On March 7, 2023, we received formal notice from the Nasdaq Staff indicating that we continued to be non-compliant with the MVLS requirement and that our common stock and warrants were subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the “Panel”). The Company has timely requested a hearing before the Panel, which request will stay any further action by Nasdaq at least pending the issuance of a decision by the Panel and the expiration of any extension that the Panel may grant to the Company following the hearing. If the Company is unable to satisfy the MVLS requirement, the Company may be eligible to transfer the listing of its common stock and warrants to the Nasdaq Capital Market (provided that it then satisfies the requirements for continued listing on that market).

On December 20, 2022, we received a letter from the Nasdaq Staff providing notification that, for the previous 30 consecutive business days, the bid price for the Company’s common stock had closed below the $1.00 per share minimum bid price requirement for continued listing under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(a)(1). The notice had no immediate effect on the listing of the Company’s common stock or warrants.In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A) the Company has been provided an initial period of 180 calendar days, or until June 19, 2023 to regain compliance with the minimum bid requirement. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of the Company’s common stock must be $1.00 per share or higher for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days any time before June 19, 2023, unless Nasdaq exercises its discretion to extend this 10-day period pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(H).If the Company does not regain compliance by June 19, 2023, the Company may be eligible for an additional 180 calendar days compliance period. To qualify, the Company would need to transfer the listing of its common stock to the Nasdaq Capital Market, provided that it meets the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly held shares and all other initial listing standards for the Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the minimum bid price requirement, and would need to provide written notice of its intention to cure the deficiency during the second compliance period by effecting a reverse stock split if necessary.

There can be no assurance that we will regain compliance with the requirements for listing our common stock and/or warrants on Nasdaq. If we are unable to satisfy the Nasdaq criteria for continued listing, our common stock and/or warrants would be subject to delisting. A delisting of our common stock could negatively impact us by, among other things, reducing the liquidity and market price of our common stock and/or warrants; reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our common stock and/or warrants, which could negatively impact our ability to raise equity financing; decreasing the amount of news and analyst coverage of us; and limiting our ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. In addition, delisting from Nasdaq may negatively impact our reputation and, consequently, our business.

If our performance does not meet market expectations, the price of our securities may decline and the market for our securities may be volatile.

If our performance does not meet market expectations, the price of our shares of common stock may decline. In addition, even if an active market for our shares of common stock develops and continues, the trading price of our shares of common
42


stock could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on the price of our shares of common stock.

Factors affecting the trading price of our shares of common stock may include:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual financial results or the quarterly and annual financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
changes in the market’s expectations about operating results;
operating results failing to meet market expectations in a particular period, which could impact the market price our shares of common stock;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the Company;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of debt;
any significant change in our Board of Directors or management;
sales of substantial amounts of our shares of common stock by the Company, Cantor, the Investor or our directors, executive officers or significant shareholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and
general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, inflation, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

Broad market and industry factors may depress the market price of our shares of common stock irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these shares, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for companies engaging in digital payments or the shares of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to us could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our shares of common stock also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

Because there are no current plans to pay cash dividends on our shares of common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell our shares of common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it; furthermore, there is no guarantee that the value of the shares of common stock will increase to a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends as a public company in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions, applicable law and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our shares of common stock unless you sell your shares of for a price greater than that which you paid for them; provided, however, that there is no guarantee that the value of the shares of common stock will increase to a price greater than the price for which such shares were purchased.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

The issuance of our shares of common stock in connection with the Notes and Warrants Purchase Agreement or that may otherwise be issued and/or sold by the Company or selling securityholders, could cause substantial dilution, which could materially affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

To the extent that the L1 Notes and/or Investor Warrants are converted into or exercised for shares of common stock, substantial amounts of our shares of common stock will be issued. Under certain default circumstances the L1 Notes and Investor Warrants may become exercisable at prevailing prices or discounts to prevailing prices, and the original $12
43


conversion price of the L1 Notes and $12 exercise price of the Investor Warrants will be adjusted in the event that the Company issues additional equity securities under certain issuances below the original conversion/exercise price. In addition, we have the ability under certain circumstances to make payments on the L1 Notes in shares of common stock at then prevailing market prices. We are required to reserve three times the original number of shares obtainable under the L1 Notes and Investor Warrants to provide for these circumstances. Although we cannot predict the number of our shares of common stock that will actually be issued in connection with any such conversions and/or sales, such issuances could result in substantial decreases to our stock price.

Further, substantial amounts of our shares of common stock may also be issued, sold and/or resold under Cantor Equity Facility and pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan, which could cause further substantial dilution of our shares of common stock and materially impact the trading price of our shares of common stock.

In addition, the way we account for the L1 Notes and the Investor Warrants may impact our reported or future financial results and the market price of our shares of common stock. For example, we have adopted ASU 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity and elected to carry the L1 Notes and Investor Warrants at amortized cost. See the section titled “Effective Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 11 “Senior Secured Convertible Notes” in our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our shares of common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market could occur at any time as a result of issuances and resales of shares of common stock under the Cantor Equity Facility along with other issuances and resales of shares of common stock including shares subject to the L1 Notes, the Investor Warrants and our other public and private warrants, as well as the resale of shares of common stock by other holders, and pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

Sales of our shares of common stock, or the perception of such sales, including by selling securityholders in the public market or otherwise could cause the market price for our shares of common stock to decline the securityholders selling such securities may still receive significant proceeds.

The sale of our shares of common stock in the public market or otherwise, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our shares of common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate (which ability to sell equity securities is also subject to restrictions under the terms of the L1 Notes and related agreements). Institutional investors and our founder that collectively beneficially own in excess of 50% of the Company’s outstanding shares in the aggregate will be able to resell their shares for so long as a registration statement is available for use. Resales of our shares of common stock may cause the market price of our securities to drop significantly, regardless of the performance of our business.

We have filed registration statements relating to the resale of a large number of shares of common stock representing a large percentage of our public float pursuant to the Notes and Warrants Purchase Agreement, the Cantor Equity Facility, and securities held by certain existing shareholders for which such securityholders have registration rights.As such, sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market could occur at any time. Given the substantial number of shares of common stock being registered for potential resale or the perception in the market that the stockholders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could increase the volatility of the market price of our common stock or result in a significant decline in the public trading price of our common stock.Further, certain shares of our common stock that are being registered for resale include shares that were purchased at prices that may be significantly below the trading price of our shares of common stock and the sale of which would result in such selling securityholders realizing a significant gain. Even if our trading price remains low, certain selling securityholders may still have an incentive to sell shares of our common stock because they purchased the shares at prices lower than the public investors or the current trading price of our common stock. Public holders of our shares of common stock may not experience a similar rate of return on their shares.

If securities or industry analysts do not have sufficient funds to meetpublish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our obligations, webusiness, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

44


The trading market for our common stock will be forcedinfluenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover SpringBig change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover SpringBig were to cease operationstheir coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We may amend the terms of our public and liquidate the trust account.
If the anticipated Business Combination with SpringBig fails, itprivate warrants in a manner that may be difficultadverse to researchholders with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of then outstanding public warrants. As a new prospective target business, negotiateresult, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and agree tothe number of common stock purchasable upon exercise of a new business combination, and/or arrange for new sourceswarrant could be decreased, all without the approval of financing by February 17, 2023,all securityholders.

Our public warrants were issued in which case we would cease all operations exceptregistered form under the warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and the Company. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.
Finding, researching, analyzing and negotiatingcuring any ambiguity or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision or adding or changing any other provisions with SpringBig took a substantial amount of time, and ifrespect to matters or questions arising under the Business Combination with SpringBig fails, we may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility inwarrant agreement, but requires the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten (10) business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), dividedapproval by the numberholders of at least 65% of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (includingwarrants to make any change that adversely affects the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
General Risk Factors

We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.
We are a blank check company incorporated under the lawsinterests of the Cayman Islands and allregistered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of our activitiesthe public warrants in a manner adverse to date have been relateda holder if holders of at least 65% of then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Examples of such amendments could be amendments to, our formation, our initial public offering and our search foramong other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of a business combination target. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.warrant.
We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emergingemerging growth company”company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor internal controls attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could beremain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the date of our IPO, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares of common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million$700,000,000 as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountingaccountant standards used.

Additionally,We have and will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management has and will continue to devote a substantial amount of time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we have and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after we are a “smaller reporting company”no longer an emerging growth company, as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of any fiscal year for so long as either (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates did not exceed $250 million asSection 2(a) of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues did not exceed $100 million during such completed fiscal year andSecurities Act. In addition, we expect to record incremental share-based compensation expense in connection with the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates did not exceed $700 million asconsummation of the prior June 30. To the extentbusiness combination.

45


As a public company, we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.
Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.
We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.
Risks Relating to Our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.
We will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may elect to redeem their public shares without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote), in each in cash, for an amount payable in cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of our initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares,are subject to the limitations described herein. Accordingly, it is possible that we will consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approvereporting requirements of the business combination we consummate. The decisionExchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules adopted, and to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be madeadopted, by us, solely in our discretion,the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Our management and other personnel have and will be based oncontinue to devote a varietysubstantial amount of factors such as the timing of the transactiontime to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.regulations have substantially increased our legal and financial compliance costs and made some activities more time-consuming and costly. For instance, Nasdaqexample, these rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a general meeting but would still requireand regulations have made it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain shareholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that requireddirector and officer liability insurance and forced us to issue more than 20%accept reduced policy limits. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of our outstanding shares,additional costs we would seek shareholder approvalhave and will continue to incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of such business combination instead of conducting a tender offer.
Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of such business combination.
At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Additionally, since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.
Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial shareholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public shareholders in connection with an initial business combination, our initial shareholders have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their founder shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 7,500,001, or 37.5% of the 20,000,000 outstanding public shares to be voted in favor of a transaction, subject to any higher threshold as is required by Cayman Islands or other applicable law, in order to have such initial business combination approved. Our directors and officers havethese requirements could also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any. We expect that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.
The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it more difficult for us to enter intoattract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Our failure to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a business combination withmaterial adverse effect on our business.

As a target.
We may seekpublic company, we are required to enter intoprovide management’s attestation on internal controls as required under Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The standards required for a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requirespublic company under Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are significantly more stringent than those required of us as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination and such amount of deferred underwriting discount is not available for us to use as consideration in an initial business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 upon completion of our initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules), or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 upon completion of our initial business combination or less than such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption of our public shares and the related business combination, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.privately-held company. If we are able to consummate an initial business combination,not successful in implementing the per-share valueadditional requirements of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.
The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.
At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, we will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third-party financing.
Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.
The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.
If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful increases. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.
The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.
Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to February 17, 2023. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.
Our search for a business combination, and any partner business with which we ultimately complete a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the status of debt and equity markets.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The COVID-19 pandemic has and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, and the business of any potential partner business with which we consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the partner business’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and complete a transactionSection 404(a) in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19manner or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to complete a business combination, or the operations of a partner business with whichadequate compliance, we ultimately complete a business combination, may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our ability to complete a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.
As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.
In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies preparing for an initial public offering, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available to consummate an initial business combination.
In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause targets companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.
We may not be able to completeassess whether our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, ininternal controls over financial reporting are effective, which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding upmay subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.
Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt marketscould harm investor confidence and the other risks described herein, including as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of infectious diseases. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our initial business combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire..
If we have not completed our initial business combination by February 17, 2023, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than $10.00 per share, on the redemption of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our securities.

IfAs discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we seek shareholder approvalcompleted the business combination on June 14, 2022. Prior to the business combination, Legacy SpringBig was a private company and, therefore, its controls were not required to be designed or maintained in accordance with Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. The design and implementation of internal control over financial reporting for the Company post-business combination has required and will continue to require significant time and resources from management and other personnel. Because of this, the design and ongoing development of our initial business combinationframework for implementation and evaluation of internal control over financial reporting is in its preliminary stages. As a result, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort or expense to conduct a comprehensive assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. Accordingly, we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combinationare excluding management's report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 215.02 of the tender offer rules,SEC Division of Corporation Finance's Regulation S-K Compliance & Disclosure Interpretations. However, management concluded that as of December 31, 2022, the Company had a material weakness.

A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is more than a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management concluded that we did not have accounting personnel with adequate expertise in GAAP to ensure that complex material and/or non-routine transactions are properly reflected in our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisorsconsolidated financial statements. We also noted that we did not perform adequate independent reviews and maintain effective controls related to the preparation of consolidated financial statements, related notes thereto, account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations. We have taken and are continuing to take additional steps to remedy this material weakness.

Failure to properly implement internal controls on a timely basis may lead to the identification of one or any of their affiliates may purchase public sharesmore additional material weaknesses or public warrants or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions orcontrol deficiencies in the openfuture, which may prevent us from being able to report our financial results accurately on a timely basis or help prevent fraud, and could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation or duty to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holderprice of our shares is no longerof common stock to decline. If we have additional material weaknesses in the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agreesfuture, it could affect the financial results that we report or create a perception that those financial results do not to exercise its redemption rights. Infairly state our financial position or results of operations. Either of those events could have an adverse effect on the eventvalue of our shares of common stock.

Further, even if we conclude that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisorsinternal control over financial reporting provides reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or anydetect fraud or misstatements. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our results of their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rightsoperations or submitted a proxy to vote against our initial business combination, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares and any proxy to vote against our initial business combination. The price per share paid in any such transaction may be different than the amount per share a public shareholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial business combination. Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of our initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of our initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requirescause us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing offail to meet our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.future reporting obligations.
In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.
Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on our redemption of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.
We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Additionally, the number of blank check companies looking for business combination targets has increased compared to recent years and many of these blank check companies are sponsored by entities or persons that have significant experience with completing business combinations. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, in the event we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we are obligated to pay cash for our Class A ordinary shares, it will potentially reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:
restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities;

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.
In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:
registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the trust account may be invested by the trustee only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds will be restricted to these instruments, we believe we will meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.
Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination,investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations. See “—Risks Relating to the Cannabis Industry” for additional risks we may face in connection with our initial business combination.
Because we are not limited to a particular industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.
We may consummate a business combination with a company in any industry we choose and are not limited to any particular industry or type of business, although we intend to focus our search for businesses in the cannabis industry that are compliant with all applicable laws and regulations within the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate and, in particular, we will not invest in, or consummate a business combination with, a target business that we determine has been operating, or whose business plan is to operate, in violation of U.S. federal laws, including the U.S. Controlled Substances Act. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, including the cannabis industry, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. See “—Risks Relating to the Cannabis Industry” for additional risks we may face in connection with our initial business combination.
46

21


Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.
Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.
We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or from an independent accounting firm, that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosedAnti-takeover provisions in our tender offer documentscertificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law could delay or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.
We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would substantially dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of ordinary shares, including 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, as well as 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001. Currently, there are 180,000,000 and 15,000,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares, and 1,000,000 authorized but unissued preferred shares available for issuance.
We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares, and may issue preferred shares, in order to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (1) receive funds from the trust account or (2)vote as a class with our public shares (a) on any initial business combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond February 17, 2023 or (y) amend the foregoing provisions. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:
may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing investors in our public shares, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could causeprevent a change in control, if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants; and

may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Unlike certain other blank check companies, our initial shareholder will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.
The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in our initial public offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (subject to waiver by holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares then in issue) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of our ordinary shares issued and outstanding plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors. This is different than certain other blank check companies in which the initial shareholder will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to our initial business combination.
Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
Since our initial shareholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to any public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.
In February 2020, our sponsor purchased 5,031,250 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or $0.006 per share. In February 2021, our sponsor transferred 50,000 founder shares to Mr. Taney, 40,000 founder shares to Mr. Bornstein and 40,000 founder shares to Aris Kekedjian for the same per share purchase price paid by our sponsor. On April 5, 2021, in connection with the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, our sponsor surrendered 31,250 founder shares. On May 18, 2021, Aris Kekedjian transferred 40,000 founder shares to our sponsor pursuant to the terms of his resignation from TCAC’s board of directors, and on August 27, 2021, the sponsor transferred 40,000 founder shares to Mr. Finkelman in connection with this appointment to TCAC’s board of directors. As such, our initial shareholders collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares as of our initial public offering. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share, for a purchase price of $6,000,000 in the aggregate, or $1.00 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. Each private placement warrant may be exercised for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. The private placement warrants will also be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as February 17, 2023 nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination
We may be able to complete only one business combination, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.
The net proceeds from the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants provided us with $200,000,000 that we may use to complete our initial business combination.
We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:
solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.
We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.
If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.
We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.
We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.
We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 upon completion of our initial business combination (such that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules), or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.
In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments, in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.
In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law. A resolution is deemed to be a special resolution as a matter of Cayman Islands law where it has been approved by either (1) at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given or (2) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who attend and vote at a shareholders meeting (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law) (other than amendments relating to the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, which require the approval of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.
Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by holders of a certain percentage of the company’s shares. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by holders holding between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shares. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances), may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote in a general meeting, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares (other than amendments relating to the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, which require the approval of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting). Our initial shareholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares, may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our initial business combination with which you do not agree. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prohibits any amendment of its provisions (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares. Furthermore, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose such an amendment unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.
Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors contain provisions relating to transfer restrictions of our founder shares and private placement warrants, indemnification of the trust account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the trust account. The letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.
We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.
If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless.
We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.
To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.
A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.
If
(i)we issue additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a Newly Issued Price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share; and
(ii)the Market Value of our Class A ordinary shares is below $9.20 per share,
then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.
Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.
We have issued warrants to purchase 10,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at a price of $11.50 per whole share (subject to adjustment as provided herein), as part of the units offered by the prospectus for our initial public offering and, simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering, we have issued in a private placement an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Our initial shareholders currently hold 5,000,000 founder shares. In addition, if our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors make any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants or conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.
The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units except that, so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees: (1) they are not be redeemable by us (except as described herein); (2) they (including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination; (3) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis; and (4) they (including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) are entitled to registration rights.
Our officers and directors allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Our officers and directors are not required to, and do not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors may also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs, which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
We are engaged in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business, and they are not prohibited from sponsoring, or otherwise becoming involved with, other blank check companies prior to us completing our initial business combination. Moreover, certain of our officers and directors have time and attention requirements for investment funds of which affiliates of our sponsor are the investment managers.
Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary duties or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to other entities prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.
Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.
In particular, affiliates of our sponsor have invested in industries as diverse as cannabis, consumer products, medical and scientific research and investment management. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.
We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors which may raise potential conflicts of interest.
In light of the involvement of our sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers and directors. Our officers and directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in “Business—Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors.
Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.
The federal proxy rules require that the proxy statement with respect to the vote on an initial business combination include historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”) depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.
Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2022. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.
We expect to need to comply with the rules of Nasdaq that require our initial business combination to occur with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.
The rules of Nasdaq require that our initial business combination occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. This restriction may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete a business combination with. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless. If we are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would not be required to satisfy the foregoing 80% fair market value test and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.
Risks Relating to our Securities

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.
We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See “Business—Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Tendering share certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights.”
You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.
Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (1) the completion of our initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2023 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (3) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination by February 17, 2023, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.
Nasdaq may delist our securities from its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in shareholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that Nasdaq will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as well as certain qualitative requirements, as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.
If Nasdaq delists any of our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list such securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity with respect to such securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our units and eventually our Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants will qualify as covered securities under such statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the public shares, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.
If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we may depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our initial business combination. Our sponsor is not obligated to fund such loans.
Of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, only approximately $1,000,000 will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,000,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,000,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to loan funds to, or invest in, us in such circumstances. Any such loans may be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.
We have identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
We have identified two material weaknesses in our internal controls related to the accounting for complex financial instruments, one affecting only the period ended March 31, 2021 and the second affecting (i) the audited balance sheet as of February 17, 2021, (ii) the period ended March 31, 2021 and (iii) the period ended June 30, 2021 ((i), (ii) and (iii) together, the “Affected Periods”).

First, we previously accounted for our outstanding public warrants and private placement warrants (collectively, with the public warrants, the “warrants”) issued in connection with our initial public offering as components of equity instead of as derivative liabilities. On April 12, 2021, the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the Securities and Exchange Commission together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies. Following this issuance of this statement, our management further evaluated the Warrants under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. ASC Section 815-40-15 addresses equity versus liability treatment and classification of equity-linked financial instruments, including warrants, and states that a warrant may be classified as a component of equity only if, among other things, the warrant is indexed to the issuer’s common stock. Under ASC Section 815-40-15, a warrant is not indexed to the issuer’s common stock if the terms of the warrant require an adjustment to the exercise price upon a specified event and such event is not an input to the fair value of the warrant. Based on management’s evaluation, after consultation with our independent registered public accounting firm, our management and our audit committee concluded that we should have classified the warrants as derivative liabilities in our previously issued financial statement. As a result, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting for the period ended March 31, 2021.

Second, management determined that we had improperly valued our Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption. We previously determined the Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption to be equal to the redemption value of $10.00 per Class A ordinary share, while also taking into consideration that a redemption cannot result in net tangible assets being less than $5,000,001. Management determined that the public shares underlying the units issued during the initial public offering can be redeemed or become redeemable subject to the occurrence of future events considered outside the Company’s control. Therefore, management concluded that temporary equity should include all Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, resulting in the Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption being equal to their redemption value. As a result, on December 2, 2021, Tuatara’s audit committee concluded that the balance sheet and the financial statements for the Affected Periods, as applicable, should be restated to report all Class A ordinary shares issued as part of the units sold in Tuatara’s initial public offering as temporary equity rather than as permanent equity. In light of the restatement of Tuatara’s financial statements for these periods, our management and our audit committee concluded that we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. To address these material weaknesses, management has devoted, and plans to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our financial statements. We have provided enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. We have also expanded and improved our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We plan to further improve this process by consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. To date, we have not incurred any significant costs with respect to our remediation plans, nor do we expect to incur any significant costs in connection therewith.

If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.
Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.
Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver only if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.
Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors.
Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Our sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such obligations, and therefore, no funds are currently set aside to cover any such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.
Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.
In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.
The securities in which we invest the funds held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.
The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. government treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we do not to complete our initial business combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the trust account, plus any interest income, net of taxes paid or payable (less, in the case we are unable to complete our initial business combination, $100,000 of interest). Negative interest rates could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.
If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.
If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or insolvency laws as a voidable performance. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.
If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.
If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable insolvency law, and may be included in our liquidation estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any liquidation claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.
If we have not completed our initial business combination by February 17, 2023, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such date before redemption from our trust account.
If we have not completed our initial business combination by February 17, 2023, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), pro rata to our public shareholders by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account shall be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to windup, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond February 17, 2023 before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial business combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and then only in cases where investors have properly sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior thereto.
Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.
If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of up to $18,292.68 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.
We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the completion of our initial business combination. Our public shareholders will not have the right to appoint directors prior to the consummation of our Business Combination.
In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management. As holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders also will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to completion of our initial business combination. In addition, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.
We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.
We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, to use our reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares, to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are, at the time of any exercise of a warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they do not satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
The ability of holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis after we call the warrants for redemption when the price of Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 or if there is no effective registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to pay the exercise price of their warrants in cash.
If we call the warrants for redemption in the circumstances described in “Description of Securities—Warrants—Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00,” holder that wish to exercise warrants may do so on a cashless basis. Holders may also elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis when there is no effective registration statement. In either case, the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his or her warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 public warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the Class A ordinary shares have a fair market value of $17.50 per share when there is no effective registration statement, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 Class A ordinary shares. The holder would have received 875 Class A ordinary shares if the exercise price was paid in cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of Class A ordinary shares upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold.
The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.
The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and any warrants that may be issued on conversion of working capital loans (and any ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the working capital loans and upon conversion of the founder shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed in connection with our initial public offering requiring us to register such securities for resale. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the Class A ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders or their permitted transferees, our private placement warrants or warrants issued in connection with working capital loans are registered for resale.
We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Income Tax Considerations — United States Federal Income Taxation — General”) of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Income Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation—U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances, the application of the start-up exception for our current taxable year may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, moreover, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year (of which there can be no assurance), we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.
We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.
Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:
default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

Our initial shareholders will control the appointment of our board of directors until completion of our initial business combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will appoint all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.
Our initial shareholders own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. In addition, prior to our initial business combination, only the founder shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, and holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.
Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this Annual Report. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, as a result of their substantial ownership in our company, our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on other actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of major corporate transactions. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will exert significant influence over actions requiring a shareholder vote at least until the completion of our initial business combination.
Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors mightmay be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares of common stock and could entrench management.

Our amendedcertificate of incorporation and restated memorandum and articles of association willbylaws contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may considercould make it more difficult for a third-party to be in their best interests.acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions include two-year director terms and provide for:

a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;
the ability of our Board of Directors to determine the boardpowers, preferences and rights of directorspreference shares and to designatecause us to issue the terms ofpreference shares without shareholder approval; and issue new series of preferred shares, which
requiring advance notice for shareholder proposals and nominations and placing limitations on convening shareholder meetings.

These provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult shareholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those shareholders may desire, any of which could harm our share price.
We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants.
Our warrants will be issued in registered form underlargest shareholders and certain members of our management own a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent,significant percentage of our shares of common stock and us. The warrant agreement provides that the termsare able to exert significant control over matters subject to shareholder approval.

Our founder and certain of the warrants may be amended without the consentour largest shareholders hold a significant percentage of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by theour shares of common stock. As a result, these holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.
We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.
We have the ability to redeemsubstantially influence us and exert significant control through this ownership position and, in the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a pricecase of $0.01 per warrant, if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the numbercertain holders, service on our Board of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Redeemable Warrants—Anti-dilution Adjustments”). Please see “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $18.00.” If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, weDirectors. For example, these holders may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to: (1) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (2) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants; or (3) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us (except as described above adjacent to “Description of Securities—Warrants—Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00”) so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.
In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Redeemable Warrants—Anti-dilution Adjustments”). In such a case, the holders will be able to control elections of directors, issuance of equity, including to our employees under equity incentive plans, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, amalgamation, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. These holders’ interests may not always coincide with our corporate interests or the interests of other shareholders, and it may exercise their warrants priorits voting and other rights in a manner with which you may not agree or that may not be in the best interests of our other shareholders. So long as these holders continue to redemption forown a significant amount of our equity, they will continue to be able to strongly influence and effectively control our decisions.

Future sales and issuances of our shares of common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive and other compensatory plans, will result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our shareholders and could cause our share price to fall.

We may need additional capital in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our shareholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell shares of common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell shares of common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. In addition, new investors could gain rights superior to our existing shareholders.

Pursuant to SpringBig Holdings, Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), we are authorized to grant options and other share-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. The number of shares of our Class A ordinarycommon stock initially reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan was 1,525,175, but we may seek shareholder approval to increase this amount from time to time. Shares subject to stock awards granted under the Incentive Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares. Please see “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00.” The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) maywill not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the number of ordinary shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.
Because each unit contains one-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.
Each unit contains one-half of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one whole warrant to purchase one share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for a half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, which we believe will make us a more attractive business combination partneravailable for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.
We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers.2
We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
Because we are incorporatedissuance under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a federal court of the United States.
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (1) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (2) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.
Risks Relating to our Management TeamIncentive Plan.

We are dependent upon our officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.
Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals – in particular, Albert Foreman, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, Mark Zittman, our Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors, and Sergey Sherman, our Chief Financial Officer. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, certain of our officers and directors have time and attention requirements for investment funds of which affiliates of our sponsor are the investment managers. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.


2 NTD: Check this one.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.
In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.
Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of our initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.
We may have limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.
When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, shareholders or warrant holders who choose to remain shareholders or warrant holders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders or warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.
The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.
The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.
Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors may also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs, which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Risks Relating to the Cannabis Industry
Business combinations with companies operating in the cannabis industry entail special considerations and risks. If we complete a business combination with a target business in the cannabis industry, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the risks set forth below. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses may not be limited to the cannabis industry. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, these risks will likely not affect us and we will be subject to other risks attendant with the specific industry of the target business which we acquire, none of which can be presently ascertained.
There are risks related to the cannabis industry to which we may become subject.
If we are successful in completing a business combination with a target business with operations in the cannabis industry, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:
The cannabis industry is extremely speculative and its legality is uncertain, making it subject to inherent risk;

Use of cannabis that is not in compliance with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act is illegal under U.S. federal law, and therefore, strict enforcement of U.S. federal laws regarding the use, cultivation, manufacturing, processing, transportation, distribution, storage and/or sale of cannabis would likely result in our inability to execute a business plan in the cannabis industry;

Changes in the current policies of the Biden Administration and the U.S. Department of Justice resulting in heightened enforcement of U.S. federal cannabis laws may negatively impact our ability to pursue our prospective business operations and/or generate revenues;

U.S. federal courts may refuse to recognize the enforceability of contracts pertaining to any business operations that are deemed illegal under U.S. federal law and, as a result, cannabis-related contracts could prove unenforceable in such courts;

Consumer complaints and negative publicity regarding cannabis related products and services could lead to political pressure on states to implement new laws and regulations that are adverse to the cannabis industry, to not modify existing, restrictive laws and regulations or to reverse current favorable laws and regulations relating to cannabis;

Assets leased to cannabis businesses may be forfeited to the U.S. federal government in connection with government enforcement actions under U.S. federal law;

U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulation of cannabis and the possible registration of facilities where cannabis is grown could negatively affect the cannabis industry, which could directly affect our financial condition;

Due to our proposed involvement in the regulated cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurance policies that are needed to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risks and financial liabilities;

The cannabis industry may face significant opposition from other industries that perceive cannabis products and services as competitive with their own, including but not limited to the pharmaceutical industry, adult beverage industry and tobacco industry, all of which have powerful lobbying and financial resources;

Many national and regional banks have been resistant to doing business with cannabis companies because of the uncertainties presented by federal law and, as a result, we may have difficulty accessing the service of banks, which may inhibit our ability to open bank accounts or otherwise utilize traditional banking services;

Due to our proposed involvement in the regulated cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining financing in connection with our initial business combination or thereafter;

Laws and regulations affecting the regulated cannabis industry are varied, broad in scope and subject to evolving interpretations, and may restrict the use of the properties we acquire or require certain additional regulatory approvals, which could materially adversely affect our operations;

National securities exchanges may not list companies engaged in the cannabis industry;

Section 280E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which disallows a tax deduction for any amount paid or incurred in carrying on any trade or business that consists of trafficking in controlled substances prohibited by federal or state law, may prevent us from deducting certain business expenditures, which would increase our net taxable income; and

Risks similar to those discussed above based on regulations of other jurisdictions in which a prospective target may operate or be organized in.

Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our operations following a business combination.
Cannabis is currently illegal under U.S. federal law and in other jurisdictions
If we complete a business combination with a target in the cannabis industry, our ability to achieve our business objectives will be contingent, in part, upon the legality of the cannabis industry, our compliance with regulatory requirements enacted by various governmental authorities, and our obtaining all regulatory approvals, where necessary. The laws and regulations governing cannabis are still developing, including in ways that we may not foresee. Although the Agriculture Improvement Act of 2018 has taken hemp and hemp derived cannabinoids out of the most restrictive class of controlled substances under U.S. federal law, marijuana is a schedule-1 controlled substance in the United States and is currently illegal under U.S. federal law. Even in those U.S. states in which the recreational use of marijuana has been legalized, its use remains a violation of U.S. federal law. Additionally, in 2018, a series of memoranda and guidance from 2009 to 2014 that generally directed U.S. Attorneys not to enforce federal marijuana laws against actors who were in compliance with state guidance were formally rescinded. Since U.S. federal laws criminalizing the use of marijuana preempt state laws that legalize its use, continuation of U.S. federal law in its current state regarding marijuana could limit our ability to do business in the United States. Similar issues of illegality apply in other countries. Any amendment to or replacement of existing laws to make them more onerous, or delays in amending or replacing existing laws to liberalize the legal possession and use of cannabis, or delays in obtaining, or the failure to obtain, any necessary regulatory approvals may significantly delay or impact negatively our ability to consummate an initial business combination, the markets in which we operate, products and sales initiatives and could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and/or results of operations.
Change in the laws, regulations and guidelines that impact the cannabis industry may cause adverse effects on our ability to successfully complete our initial business combination.
We only intend to target companies that are compliant with all applicable laws and regulations within the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate and, in particular, we will not invest in, or consummate a business combination with, a target business that we determine has been operating, or whose business plan is to operate, in violation of U.S. federal laws, including the U.S. Controlled Substances Act. Changes to such laws, regulations and guidelines may cause adverse effects on our ability to identify and acquire a target company that meets these legal and regulatory requirements at the time of acquisition.
41

The nascent status of the medical and recreational cannabis industry involves unique circumstances and there can be no assurance that the industry will continue to exist or grow as currently anticipated.
Cannabis industry businesses operate under a relatively new medical and adult-use recreational market. In addition to being subject to general business risks, a business involving an agricultural product and a regulated consumer product needs to continue to build brand, product awareness and operations through significant investments in strategy, production capacity, quality assurance and compliance with regulations.
Competitive conditions, consumer tastes, patient requirements and spending patterns in this new industry and market are relatively unknown and may have unique circumstances that differ from existing industries and markets.
There can be no assurance that this industry and market will continue to exist or grow as currently estimated or anticipated, or function and evolve in a manner consistent with management’s expectations and assumptions. Any event or circumstance that affects the medical or recreational cannabis industry and market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any potential growth in the cannabis industry continues to be subject to new and changing state and local laws and regulations.
Continued development of the cannabis industry is dependent upon continued legislative legalization of cannabis at the state level, and a number of factors could slow or halt progress in this area, even where there is public support for legislative action. Any delay or halt in the passing or implementation of legislation legalizing cannabis use, or its cultivation, manufacturing, processing, transportation, distribution, storage and/or sale, or the re-criminalization or restriction of cannabis at the state level could negatively impact our business. Additionally, changes in applicable state and local laws or regulations, including zoning restrictions, permitting requirements and fees, could restrict the products and services we may offer or impose additional compliance costs on us or our customers. Violations of applicable laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, and it is possible that regulations may be enacted in the future that will be materially adverse to our business.
Change in the laws, regulations and guidelines that impact our business may cause adverse effects on our operations.
A cannabis products business will be subject to a variety of laws, regulations and guidelines relating to the marketing, acquisition, manufacture, management, transportation, storage, sale, labeling and disposal of cannabis as well as laws and regulations relating to health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. Changes to such laws, regulations and guidelines may cause adverse effects on the operations of our target company post-acquisition.
Operating in a highly regulated business will require significant resources.
In the event we acquire a business involved in the production, distribution or sale of cannabis products, we will be operating in a highly regulated business. In such a case, we would expect a significant amount of management’s time and external resources to be used to comply with the laws, regulations and guidelines that impact our business, and changes thereto, and such compliance may place a significant burden on our management and other resources.
Differing regulatory environments may cause adverse effects on our operations.
A cannabis products business will be subject to a variety of laws, regulations and guidelines in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Complying with multiple regulatory regimes will require additional resources and may limit our ability to expand into certain jurisdictions, even where cannabis may be legal. For example, even if cannabis were to become legal under U.S. federal law, companies operating in the cannabis industry would have to comply with applicable state and local laws, which may vary greatly between jurisdictions, increasing costs for companies that operate in multiple jurisdictions.
We may operate a highly regulated business and any failure or significant delay in obtaining regulatory approvals could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
In the event we acquire a business involved in the production, distribution or sale of cannabis products, achievement of our business objectives will be contingent, in part, upon compliance with the regulatory requirements enacted by applicable government authorities and obtaining all regulatory approvals, where necessary, for the sale of our products. We cannot predict the time required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals for our products, additional restrictions that may be placed on our business or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by government authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain regulatory approvals would significantly delay the development of markets and products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.
U.S. regulations relating to hemp-derived CBD products are unclear and rapidly evolving.
We may acquire a business involved in the production, distribution or sale of hemp-derived CBD products. Participation in the market for hemp-derived CBD products in the United States and elsewhere may require us to employ novel approaches to existing regulatory pathways. Although the passage of the Farm Bill in December 2018 legalized the cultivation of hemp in the United States to produce products containing CBD and other non-THC cannabinoids, it is unclear how the FDA will respond to the approach taken by a target business we acquire, or whether the FDA will propose or implement new or additional regulations. In addition, such products may be subject to regulation at the state or local levels. Unforeseen regulatory obstacles may hinder our ability to successfully compete in the market for such products.
Marketing constraints under regulatory frameworks may limit a potential target cannabis company’s ability to compete for market share in a manner similar to that of companies in other industries.
The development of a potential target cannabis company’s business and operating results may be hindered by applicable restrictions on sales and marketing activities imposed by regulations applicable to the cannabis industry. For example, the regulatory environment in Canada would limit a target cannabis company’s ability to compete for market share in a manner similar to that of companies in other industries. Additionally, Canadian regulations impose further packaging, labeling and advertising restrictions on producers in the adult-use recreational cannabis market. If a target cannabis company is unable to effectively market its products and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through increased selling prices for its products, its sales and operating results could be adversely affected.
We may become involved in regulatory or agency proceedings, investigations and audits.
Businesses in the cannabis industry, and the business of the suppliers from which we may acquire the products we may sell, require compliance with many laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us or such suppliers to regulatory or agency proceedings or investigations and could also lead to damage awards, fines and penalties. We or such suppliers may become involved in a number of government or agency proceedings, investigations and audits. The outcome of any regulatory or agency proceedings, investigations, audits, and other contingencies could harm our reputation or the reputations of the brands that we may sell, require us to take, or refrain from taking, actions that could harm our operations or require us to pay substantial amounts of money, harming our financial condition. There can be no assurance that any pending or future regulatory or agency proceedings, investigations and audits will not result in substantial costs or a diversion of management’s attention and resources or have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Research in the United States, Canada and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids remains in relatively early stages. There have been few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids conducted by us or by others.
Research in the United States, Canada and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids (such as CBD and THC) remains in relatively early stages. Historically stringent regulations related to cannabis have made conducting medical and academic studies challenging, and there have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids to date. Many statements concerning the potential medical benefits of cannabinoids are based on published articles and reports, and as a result, such statements are subject to the experimental parameters, qualifications and limitations in the studies that have been completed. In the event we acquire a target business involving medical cannabis, future research and clinical trials may draw different or negative conclusions regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing or other facts and perceptions related to medical cannabis, which could adversely affect social acceptance of cannabis and the demand for our products. We may be subject to liability for risks against which we cannot insure or against which we may elect not to insure due to the high cost of insurance premiums or other factors. The payment of any such liabilities would reduce the funds available for our normal business activities. Payment of liabilities for which we do not carry insurance may have a material adverse effect on our financial position and operations.
With respect to target businesses operating in the medical and adult-use cannabis markets, the illicit supply of cannabis and cannabis-based products may reduce our sales and impede our ability to succeed in such markets.
In the event we acquire a target business operating in the medical and adult-use cannabis markets, we may face competition from unlicensed and unregulated market participants, including illegal dispensaries and black market suppliers selling cannabis and cannabis-based products.
Even with the legalization of medical and adult-use cannabis in certain jurisdictions, black market operations remain abundant and are a substantial competitor to cannabis-related businesses. In addition, illegal dispensaries and black market participants may be able to (i) offer products with higher concentrations of active ingredients that are either expressly prohibited or impracticable to produce under applicable regulations, (ii) use delivery methods, including edibles, concentrates and extract vaporizers, that we may be prohibited from offering to individuals in such jurisdictions, (iii) brand products more explicitly and (iv) describe/discuss intended effects of products. As these illicit market participants do not comply with the regulations governing the medical and adult-use cannabis industry in such jurisdictions, their operations may also have significantly lower costs.
As a result of the competition presented by the black market for cannabis, any unwillingness by consumers currently utilizing these unlicensed distribution channels to begin purchasing from legal producers for any reason or any inability or unwillingness of law enforcement authorities to enforce laws prohibiting the unlicensed cultivation and sale of cannabis and cannabis-based products could (i) result in the perpetuation of the black market for cannabis, (ii) adversely affect our market share and (iii) adversely impact the public perception of cannabis use and licensed cannabis producers and dealers, all of which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.
If recreational or medical-use consumers elect to produce cannabis for their own purposes, it could reduce the addressable market for a potential target cannabis company’s products.
Cannabis regulations may permit the end user to produce cannabis for their own purposes. For example, under cannabis regulations in Canada, three options are available for an individual to obtain cannabis for medical purposes: (i) registering with a holder of a license to sell for medical purposes and purchasing products from that entity; (ii) register with Health Canada to produce a limited amount of cannabis for their own medical purposes; or (iii) designate someone else to produce cannabis for them. It is possible that the ability of an end user to produce cannabis for their own purposes, such as under (ii) and (iii) above, could significantly reduce the addressable market for a potential target cannabis company’s products and could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of a potential target cannabis company.
The cannabis industry faces significant opposition, and any negative trends may adversely affect our business operations.
If we complete a business combination with a target in the cannabis industry, we will be substantially dependent on the continued market acceptance, and the proliferation of consumers, of cannabis. We believe that with further legalization, cannabis will become more accepted, resulting in growth in consumer demand. However, we cannot predict the future growth rate or future market potential, and any negative outlook on the cannabis industry may adversely affect our business operations.
Large, well-funded industries that perceive cannabis products and services as competitive with their own, including but not limited to the pharmaceutical industry, adult beverage industry and tobacco industry, all of which have powerful lobbying and financial resources, may have strong economic reasons to oppose the development of the cannabis industry. For example, should cannabis displace other drugs or products, the medical cannabis industry could face a material threat from the pharmaceutical industry, which is well-funded and possesses a strong and experienced lobby. Any inroads the pharmaceutical, or any other potentially displaced, industry or sector could make in halting or impeding the cannabis industry could have a detrimental impact on our business.
Competition from synthetic products may adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of a potential target cannabis company.
The pharmaceutical industry may attempt to dominate the cannabis industry, and in particular, legal cannabis, through the development and distribution of synthetic products which emulate the effects of cannabis. If they are successful, the widespread popularity of such synthetic products could change the demand, volume and profitability of the cannabis industry. This could adversely affect the ability of a potential target cannabis company to secure long-term profitability and success through the sustainable and profitable operation of the anticipated businesses and investment targets, and could have a material adverse effect on a potential target cannabis company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
An initial surge in demand for cannabis may result in supply shortages in the short term, while in the longer term, supply of cannabis could exceed demand, which may cause a fluctuation in revenue.
Changes in the legal status of cannabis may result in an initial surge in demand. As a result of such initial surge, cannabis companies operating under such changed legal regime may not be able to produce enough cannabis to meet demand of the adult-use recreational and medical markets, as applicable. This may result in lower than expected sales and revenues and increased competition for sales and sources of supply.
However, in the future, cannabis producers may produce more cannabis than is needed to satisfy the collective demand of the adult-use recreational and medical markets, as applicable, and they may be unable to export that oversupply into other markets where cannabis use is fully legal under all applicable jurisdictional laws. As a result, the available supply of cannabis could exceed demand, resulting in a significant decline in the market price for cannabis. If such supply or price fluctuations were to occur, companies operating in the cannabis industry may see revenue and profitability fluctuate materially and their business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.
Consumer preferences may change, and the potential target business may be unsuccessful in acquiring or retaining consumers and keeping pace with changing market developments.
As a result of changing consumer preferences, many consumer products attain financial success for a limited period of time. Even if a potential target’s products find success at retail, there can be no assurance that such products will continue to be profitable. A potential target’s success will be significantly dependent upon its ability to develop new and improved product lines and adapt to consumer preferences. Even if a potential target business is successful in introducing new products or developing its current products, a failure to gain consumer acceptance or to update products could cause a decline in the products’ popularity and impair the brands. In addition, a potential target business may be required to invest significant capital in the creation of new product lines, strains, brands, marketing campaigns, packaging and other product features-none of which are guaranteed to be successful. Failure to introduce new features and product lines and to achieve and sustain market acceptance could result in the potential target business being unable to satisfy consumer preferences and generate revenue.
A potential target’s success depends on its ability to attract and retain consumers. There are many factors which could impact its ability to attract and retain consumers, including its ability to continually produce desirable and effective products, the successful implementation of its consumer acquisition plan and the continued growth in the aggregate number of potential consumers. A potential target business may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, anticipating shifts in social trends and consumer demands, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes. A potential target’s failure to acquire and retain consumers could have a material adverse effect on the potential target business.
In addition, the patterns of cannabis consumption may shift over time due to a variety of factors, including changes in demographics, social trends, public health polices and other leisure or consumption behaviors. If consumer preferences for a potential target’s products or cannabis products in general do not develop, or if once developed, they were to move away from its products or cannabis products in general, or if a potential target business is unable to anticipate and respond effectively to shifts in consumer behaviors, it may be adversely affected.
The cannabis industry is highly competitive and evolving.
The market for businesses in the cannabis industry is highly competitive and evolving. There may be no material aspect of our business that is protected by patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade names, and we may face strong competition from larger companies, including in our search for an initial business combination and those that may offer similar products and services to ours following our initial business combination. Our potential competitors may have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, marketing or other resources and larger client bases than we will, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete against these or other competitors. Additionally, because the cannabis industry is at an early stage, a potential target cannabis company may face additional competition from new entrants, including as a result of an increased number of licenses granted under any applicable regulatory regime.
If the number of users of medical cannabis increases, and/or if the national demand for recreational cannabis increases, the demand for products will increase and we expect that competition will become more intense, as current and future competitors begin to offer an increasing number of diversified products. To remain competitive, a target business may require a continued high level of investment in research and development, marketing, sales and client support. However, a potential target business may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and client support efforts on a competitive basis, which could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the company. Additionally, as new technologies related to the cultivation, processing, manufacturing and research and development of cannabis are being explored, there is potential for third party competitors to be in possession of superior technology that would reduce any relative competitiveness a potential business target may have.
As the legal landscape for cannabis continues to evolve, it is possible that the cannabis industry will undergo consolidation, creating larger companies with greater financial resources, manufacturing and marketing capabilities and product offerings.
Given the rapid changes affecting the global, national, and regional economies generally and the cannabis industry, in particular, we may not be able to create and maintain a competitive advantage in the marketplace.
Our success will depend on our ability to keep pace with any changes in our markets, particularly, legal and regulatory changes. For example, it is likely that we, and our competitors, will seek to introduce new products in the future. Our success will also depend on our ability to respond to, among other things, changes in the economy, market conditions, and competitive pressures. Any failure by us to anticipate or respond adequately to such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The technologies, process and formulations a target company uses may face competition or become obsolete.
Many businesses in the cannabis industry face rapidly changing markets, technology, emerging industry standards and frequent introduction of new products. The introduction of new products embodying new technologies, including new manufacturing processes or formulations, and the emergence of new industry standards may render a potential business target’s products obsolete, less competitive or less marketable. The process of developing their products is complex and requires significant continuing costs, development efforts and third party commitments, including licensees, researchers, collaborators and lenders. A target company’s failure to develop new technologies and products and the obsolescence of existing technologies or processes could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. A target company may be unable to anticipate changes in its potential customer requirements that could make its existing technology, processes or formulations obsolete. Its success will depend in part on its ability to continue to enhance its existing technologies, develop new technology that addresses the increasing sophistication and varied news of the market, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a timely and cost-effective basis. The development of its proprietary technology, processes and formulations may entail significant technical and business risks. A potential target company may not be successful in using its new technologies or exploiting its niche markets effectively or adapting its business to evolving customer or medical requirements or preferences or emerging industry standards.
There is uncertainty in pricing and demand for cannabis-based products.
The anticipated pricing of cannabis products may differ substantially from current levels given changes in the competitive and regulatory landscape. The potential target company’s business model may be susceptible to erosion of profitability should cannabis and cannabis-related products experience secular pricing changes. Potential sources of pricing changes include over-production, regulatory action, increased competition or the emergence of new competitors. Additionally, even if pricing of the broader cannabis and cannabis-related product market is sustained, there is no guarantee that a potential target cannabis company will be successful in creating and maintaining consumer demand and estimated pricing levels. To do this, the potential target company may be dependent upon, among other things, continually producing desirable and effective cannabis and cannabis-related products and the continued growth in the aggregate number of cannabis consumers. Campaigns designed to enhance the potential target company’s brand and attract consumers, subject to restrictions imposed by law, can be expensive and may not result in increased sales. If the potential target company is unable to attract new consumers, it may not be able to increase its sales.
A potential target company may have difficulty in forecasting sales and other business metrics.
A potential target cannabis business may rely largely on its own market research to forecast sales as detailed forecasts are not generally obtainable from other sources at this early stage of the cannabis industry. If the potential target business underestimates the demand for its products, it may not be able to produce products that meet its stringent requirements, and this could result in delays in the shipment of products and failure to satisfy demand, as well as damage to reputation and partner relationships. If the potential target business overestimates the demand for its products, it could face inventory levels in excess of demand, which could result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would harm the potential target’s gross margins and brand management efforts.
Due to the nascent nature of the market, it could be difficult for the potential target to forecast demand. In particular, it could be difficult to forecast the rate of the illicit cannabis market crossing over to the legal market. If the market does not develop as the potential target business expects, it could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition to inherent risks and difficulties forecasting sales, anticipated costs and yields are also challenging to predict with certainty as the cannabis industry is in its relative infancy and rapidly evolving. If we make capital investments based on flawed sales, costs and yields forecasts, the potential target business may not achieve its expected, or any, return on invested capital. Failure to realize forecasted sales, costs and yields could have a material adverse effect on the potential target’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
We and our customers may have difficulty accessing the service of banks, which may make it difficult to sell products and services.
Financial transactions involving proceeds generated by cannabis-related conduct can form the basis for prosecution under the federal money laundering statutes, unlicensed money transmitter statute and the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act. Guidance issued by the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCen”), a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “FinCen Memo”), clarifies how financial institutions can provide services to cannabis-related businesses consistent with their obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Despite the rescission of memoranda that had de-prioritized the enforcement of federal law against marijuana users and businesses that comply with state marijuana laws, FinCen has not rescinded the FinCen Memo. While this memo appears to be a standalone document and is presumptively still in effect, FinCen could elect to rescind the FinCen Memo at any time. Banks remain hesitant to offer banking services to cannabis-related businesses. Consequently, those businesses involved in the cannabis industry continue to encounter difficulty establishing banking relationships. Our inability to maintain bank accounts would make it difficult for us to operate our business, increase our operating costs, and pose additional operational, logistical and security challenges and could result in our inability to implement our business plan.
The development and operation of businesses in the cannabis industry may require additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.
Due to the growth in the cannabis industry, the continued development and operation of businesses in the cannabis industry may require additional financing. The failure to raise such capital could result in the delay or indefinite postponement of current business objectives or the cessation of business. There can be no assurance that additional capital or other types of financing will be available if needed or that, if available, the terms of such financing will be favorable.
We may be subject to product liability claims.
If we acquire a target business operating as a manufacturer and distributor of products utilizing cannabis for human consumption, we will face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if our products are alleged to have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the manufacture and sale of cannabis products involve the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of cannabis products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. We may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that the products we produced caused injury or illness, include inadequate instructions for use or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances.
A product liability claim or regulatory action against us could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with our clients and consumers generally, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage on reasonable terms or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products.
We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage in respect of the risks our business faces, the premiums for such insurance may not continue to be commercially justifiable or there may be coverage limitations and other exclusions which may result in such insurance not being sufficient to cover potential liabilities that we face.
Although we expect to have insurance coverage with respect to the assets and operations of our target business, such insurance coverage will be subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for the risks and hazards to which we are exposed. In addition, no assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover our liabilities, including potential product liability claims, or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable. If we were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, we may be exposed to material uninsured liabilities that could impede our liquidity, profitability or solvency.
We, or the cannabis industry more generally, may receive unfavorable publicity or become subject to negative consumer or investor perception.
We believe that the cannabis industry is highly dependent upon positive consumer and investor perception regarding the benefits, safety, efficacy and quality of the cannabis distributed to consumers. The perception of the cannabis industry and cannabis products, currently and in the future, may be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, political statements, media attention and other publicity (whether or not accurate or with merit) both in the United States and in other countries, including Canada, relating to the consumption of cannabis products, including unexpected safety or efficacy concerns arising with respect to cannabis products or the activities of industry participants. There can be no assurance that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings or publicity will be favorable to the cannabis market or any particular cannabis product or will be consistent with earlier publicity. Adverse future scientific research reports, findings and regulatory proceedings that are, or litigation, media attention or other publicity that is, perceived as less favorable than, or that questions, earlier research reports, findings or publicity (whether or not accurate or with merit) could result in a significant reduction in the demand for the cannabis products of a target business we acquire. Further, adverse publicity reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of cannabis, or the products of a target business we acquire specifically, or associating the consumption of cannabis with illness or other negative effects or events, could adversely affect us. This adverse publicity could arise even if the adverse effects associated with cannabis products resulted from consumers’ failure to use such products legally, appropriately or as directed.
Third parties with whom we do business may perceive themselves as being exposed to reputational risk by virtue of their relationship with us and may ultimately elect not to do business with us.
If we acquire a target business in the cannabis industry, the parties with which we do business may perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk as a result of our cannabis business activities. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our reputation and ability to do business may be negatively impacted by the improper conduct of our business partners, employees or agents.
We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed by our employees, agents or business partners in violation of applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we conduct operations, including those applicable to businesses in the cannabis industry. Any improper acts or allegations could damage our reputation and subject us to civil or criminal investigations and related shareholder lawsuits, could lead to substantial civil and criminal monetary and non-monetary penalties, and could cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees.
We may be subject to regulatory, legal or reputational risk associated with potential misuse of our products by our customers.
We cannot provide assurance that our customers will always use our products in the manner in which we intend. Any misuse of our products by our customers could lead to substantial civil and criminal monetary and non-monetary penalties, and could cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees.
A potential target company may not succeed in promoting and sustaining its brands, which could have an adverse effect on its future growth and business.
A critical component of a potential target company’s future growth is its ability to promote and sustain its brands, often achieved by providing a high-quality user experience. An important element of a target company’s brand promotion strategy is establishing a relationship of trust with its consumers. In order to provide a high-quality user experience, a potential target company may need to have invested and continue to invest substantial resources in the development of products, infrastructure, fulfilment and customer service operations. Campaigns designed to enhance a potential target company’s brand and attract consumers, subject to restrictions imposed by law, can be expensive and may not result in increased sales. If a potential target company is unable to attract new customers or its consumers are dissatisfied with the quality of the products sold to them or the customer service they receive and their overall customer experience, it could see a decrease in sales, which could have a material adverse effect on the potential target company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Certain events or developments in the cannabis industry more generally may impact our reputation.
Damage to our reputation can result from the actual or perceived occurrence of any number of events, including any negative publicity, whether true or not. If we acquire a target business in the cannabis industry, because cannabis has been commonly associated with various other narcotics, violence and criminal activities, there is a risk that our business might attract negative publicity. There is also a risk that the actions of other companies and service providers and customers in the cannabis industry may negatively affect the reputation of the industry as a whole and thereby negatively impact our reputation. The increased usage of social media and other web-based tools used to generate, publish and discuss user-generated content and to connect with other users has made it increasingly easier for individuals and groups to communicate and share negative opinions and views in regards to our activities and the cannabis industry in general, whether true or not.
We do not ultimately have direct control over how we or the cannabis industry is perceived by others. Reputational issues may result in decreased investor confidence, increased challenges in developing and maintaining community relations and present an impediment to our overall ability to advance our business strategy and realize on our growth prospects.
The cannabis industry is subject to the risks inherent in an agricultural business, including the risk of crop failure.
The growing of cannabis is an agricultural process. As such, a target business with operations in the cannabis industry is subject to the risks inherent in the agricultural business, including risks of crop failure presented by weather, insects, plant diseases and similar agricultural risks. Although some cannabis production is conducted indoors under climate controlled conditions, cannabis continues to be grown outdoors and there can be no assurance that artificial or natural elements, such as insects and plant diseases, will not entirely interrupt production activities or have an adverse effect on the production of cannabis and, accordingly, the operations of a potential target business.
The cannabis industry is subject to transportation disruptions, including those related to an agricultural product.
As a business revolving mainly around the growth of an agricultural product, the ability to obtain speedy, cost effective and efficient transport services will be essential to the prolonged operations of a potential target cannabis company’s business. Should such transportation become unavailable for prolonged periods of time, it could have a material adverse effect on the potential target company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Due to the nature of a potential target cannabis company’s products, security of the product during transportation to and from its facilities may be important. A breach of security during transport or delivery could have a material adverse effect on a potential target company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Any breach of the security measures during transport or delivery, including any failure to comply with recommendations or requirements of regulatory authorities, could also have an impact on the potential target company’s ability to continue operating under its license or the prospect of renewing its licenses.
Many cannabis businesses are subject to significant environmental regulations and risks.
Participants in the cannabis industry are subject to various environmental regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate. These regulations may mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. These regulations may also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors and employees. There is no assurance that future changes in environmental regulation, if any, will not adversely affect a potential target business.
Many cannabis businesses are dependent on key personnel with sufficient experience in the cannabis industry.
The success of businesses in the cannabis industry is largely dependent on the performance of their respective management teams and key employees and their continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and significant costs may be incurred to attract and retain them. The loss of the services of any key personnel, or an inability to attract other suitably qualified persons when needed, could prevent a business from executing on its business plan and strategy, and the business may be unable to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all.
There are a limited number of management teams in the cannabis industry that are familiar with U.S. securities laws.
There are a limited number of management teams in the cannabis industry that have U.S. public company experience. As a result, management of a target cannabis business, including any key personnel that it hires in the future, may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If such management team is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.
It may be difficult to continuously maintain and retain a competitive talent pool with public company standards.
As a target company grows, it may need to hire additional human resources to continue to develop its businesses. However, experienced talent, including senior management, with public company background in the areas of cannabis research and development, growing cannabis and extraction are difficult to source, and there can be no assurance that the appropriate individuals will be available or affordable.
Without adequate personnel and expertise, the growth of the business may suffer. There can be no assurance that a target company will be able to identify, attract, hire and retain qualified personnel and expertise in the future, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations.
A potential target company may be dependent on skilled labor and suppliers.
The ability of a potential target business to compete and grow will be dependent on it having access, at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner, to skilled labor, equipment, parts and components. No assurances can be given that the potential target business will be successful in maintaining its required supply of skilled labor, equipment, parts and components. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and the potential target business may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. It is also possible that the final costs of the major equipment and materials, including packaging materials, contemplated by the potential target’s capital expenditure program may be significantly greater than anticipated by the potential target’s management, and may be greater than funds available to the potential target business, in which circumstance the potential target business may curtail, or extend the timeframes for completing, its capital expenditure plans. This could have a material adverse effect on the potential target’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Fraudulent or illegal activity by employees, contractors and consultants may adversely affect our business, condition or results of operations.
A potential target business may be exposed to the risk that any of its employees, independent contractors or consultants may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities that violate (i) government regulations, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal, state and provincial healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. It may not always be possible for the potential target business to identify and deter misconduct by its employees and other third parties, and the precautions taken by the potential target business to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting the potential target business from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against the potential target business, and it is not successful in defending itself or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on the business of the potential target business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of the operations of the potential target business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the potential target’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
A potential target cannabis company may be reliant on key inputs and may not be able to realize its cannabis production or capacity targets. The price of production of cannabis will also vary based on a number of factors outside of our control.
A potential target cannabis company’s ability to produce and process cannabis, and the price of production, may be affected by a number of factors, including available space, raw materials plant design errors, non-performance by third party contractors, increases in materials or labor costs, construction performance falling below expected levels of output or efficiency, environmental pollution, contractor or operator errors, breakdowns, processing bottlenecks, aging or failure of equipment or processes and labor disputes, as well as factors specifically related to indoor agricultural practices, such as reliance on provision of energy and utilities to the facility, and potential impacts of major incidents or catastrophic events on the facility, such as fires, explosions, earthquakes or storms. Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs could materially impact the business, financial condition and operating results of a potential target company. Some of these inputs may only be available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers, including access to the electricity grid. If a sole source supplier were to go out of business, the target company might be unable to find a replacement for such source in a timely manner or at all. If a sole source supplier were to be acquired by a competitor, that competitor may elect not to sell to the potential target company in the future. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could have a materially adverse impact on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of such businesses.
In addition, the price of production, sale and distribution of cannabis will fluctuate widely due to, among other factors, how young the cannabis industry is and the impact of numerous factors beyond the control of such businesses, including international, economic and political trends, expectations of inflation, currency exchange fluctuations, interest rates, global or regional consumptive patterns, speculative activities and increased production due to new production and distribution developments and improved production and distribution methods.
A potential target company may be vulnerable to rising energy costs.
Cannabis growing operations consume considerable energy, which makes a potential target cannabis company vulnerable to rising energy costs and/or the availability of stable energy sources. Accordingly, rising or volatile energy costs or the inability to access stable energy sources may have a material adverse effect on the potential target company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
To the extent we acquire cannabis businesses or assets, there may be a lack of access to U.S. bankruptcy protections.
Because cannabis is illegal under U.S. federal law, many courts have denied cannabis businesses bankruptcy protections, thus making it very difficult for lenders to recoup their investments in the cannabis industry in the event of a bankruptcy. If a company we acquire as part of a qualifying transaction were to experience a bankruptcy, there is no guarantee that U.S. federal bankruptcy protections would be available, which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and prospects of such business and on the rights of its lenders and security holders.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
As described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the Company’s accounting and reporting of complex financial instruments, including application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to its accounting classification of public shares. As a result of this material weakness, our management has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021. We have taken a number of measures to remediate the material weaknesses described herein. However, if we are unable to remediate our material weaknesses in a timely manner or we identify additional material weaknesses, we may be unable to provide required financial information in a timely and reliable manner and we may incorrectly report financial information. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our ordinary shares are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. The existence of material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our reputation or investor perceptions of us, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares. We can give no assurance that the measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weakness identified or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. Even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our financial statements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We continue to evaluate steps to remediate the material weakness. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.
If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that any measures we may take in the future will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.
Item 1B.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Not applicable.
Item 2.Property

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate headquarters is located in Boca Raton, Florida pursuant to a lease that expires in November 2024. In addition, SpringBig leases office space in Seattle, Washington and Toronto, Ontario.

47


We currently maintainbelieve that our executive offices at 655 Third Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10017. The cost for the space is included in the upcurrent facilities are adequate to $10,000 monthly feemeet our ongoing needs. However, from time to time we may evaluate additional or substitute office spaces. We believe that we pay our sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.will be able to obtain additional facilities, as needed, on commercially reasonable terms.

Item 3.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
To
For a description of developments to legal proceedings during the knowledge ofyear ended December 31, 2022, see "Litigation" under Note 17, "Commitments and Contingencies" to our management, there is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.consolidated financial statements.

Item 4.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities
(a)
Market Information

Our units, Class A ordinary sharescommon stock and warrants, each exercisable for one share of our common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, are each tradedlisted on theThe Nasdaq Global Market under the symbols “TCACU,” “TCAC”“SBIG” and “TCACW,SBIGW,” respectively. Our units commenced public trading on February 12, 2021. Our Class A ordinary shares and warrants began separate trading on April 5, 2021.
(b) Holders
OnAs of March 9, 2021,28, 2023, there was one holder of record of our units, one holder of record of our Class A ordinary shares, four holders of our Class B ordinary shares and twowere 39 holders of record of our warrants.common stock, and this number was derived from our shareholder records and does not include The Depository Trust Company participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.

(c) DividendsDividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary sharescommon stock to datedate. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not intend to payanticipate paying cash dividends priorin the foreseeable future. Any decision to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cashdeclare and pay dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be withinmade at the sole discretion of our boardBoard of directorsDirectors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

On June 14, 2022, at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplatingthe first closing under the Notes and does not anticipate declaring any share dividendsWarrants Purchase Agreement, we issued and sold to the Investor (i) a Note in the foreseeable future. Further, ifprincipal amount of $11,000,000 and (ii) a five-year warrant to purchase 586,980 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share, for total cash consideration to the Company of $10,000,000

On June 14, 2022, we incur any indebtednessissued 1,310,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreements entered into in connection with the PIPE Subscription Financing for aggregate consideration of $13.1 million, plus 31,356 shares paid to certain investors pursuant to the convertible notes with such investors.

On September 9, 2022, we issued 877,193 shares of our common stock (such shares, the “Commitment Fee Shares”) to Cantor. We issued the Commitment Fee Shares as consideration for Cantor’s irrevocable commitment to purchase additional Common Shares at our election in our sole discretion, from time to time upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Common Stock Purchase Agreement. The Common Stock Purchase Agreement established a business combination, our abilitycommitted equity facility pursuant to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenantswhich we may agreein the future, from time to time, at our election in connection therewith.our sole discretion, upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Common Stock Purchase Agreement issue and sell to the Cantor additional shares of our Common Stock.

(d) On December 2, 6, 9, and 13, 2022, we issued 80,770, 80,770, 91,481, and 98,224, respectively, for a total of 351,245 shares of our common stock (such shares, the “L1 Shares”) to the Investor. We issued the L1 Shares as consideration for repayment of a portion of the amounts payable under the L1 Notes.

We issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.
48



Securities Authorized for Issuance Underunder Equity Compensation PlansPlan
None.
(e) Performance Graph
Not applicable.
(f) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings
Unregistered Sales

In February 2020, our sponsor purchased 5,031,250 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (“founder shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or $0.006 per share. In February 2021, our sponsor transferred 50,000 founder shares to Richard Taney, 40,000 founder shares to Jeffrey Bornstein and 40,000 founder shares to Aris Kekedjian for the same per share purchase price paid by our sponsor. On April 5, 2021, in connection with the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, our sponsor surrendered 31,250 founder shares. On May 18, 2021, Aris Kekedjian transferred 40,000 founder shares to our sponsor pursuant to the terms of his resignation from TCAC’s board of directors, and on August 27, 2021, the sponsor transferred 40,000 founder shares to Michael Finkelman in connection with this appointment to TCAC’s board of directors.  As a result, our sponsor now owns 4,870,000 founder shares.
The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in our initial public offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary sharesinformation required under this Item will be adjusted (subject to waiver by holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares then in issue) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal,contained in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20%definitive Proxy Statement for our 2023 annual meeting of the sum of our ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon the completion of our initial public offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination (net of redemptions)stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), excluding the representative shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors.incorporated herein by reference.

52

Item 6. [Reserved]
With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares are not transferable, assignable or salable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom are subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
Our sponsor purchased 6,000,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement that occurred concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering and generated gross proceeds of $6,000,000. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants were added to the net proceeds from the initial public offering held in the trust account. If we do not complete a business combination by February 17, 2023, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees. The sale of the private placement warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
Use of Proceeds
Of the $206,000,000 in proceeds we received from our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, a total of $200,000,000, including $7,000,000 payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.
There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from such use as described in the Company’s final prospectus (File No. 333-252484), dated February 11, 2021, which was declared effective by the SEC on February 11, 2021.
(g) Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
Item 6.Selected Financial Data
Not applicable.

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The following discussion"SpringBig," "the Company," "we," "us" or "our" refer to SpringBig Holdings, Inc. and analysisits subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

Forward Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of the Company’shistorical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "could," "would," "expect," "objective," "plan," "potential," "seek," "grow," "target," "if," and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, and results of operations, should be read in conjunction with our auditedbusiness strategy, short-term and long-term business operations, objectives, and financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements.needs. Our actual results maycould differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of manydue to various factors including those set forthdiscussed under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk“Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Business Overview

SpringBig Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “SpringBig”) is a market-leading software platform providing customer loyalty and marketing automation solutions to retailers and brands. We are a blank check company incorporatedhave leveraged our deep expertise in loyalty marketing to develop solutions that address the key challenges faced by retailers and brands, including those in the cannabis industry. Stringent, complex, and rapidly evolving regulations have resulted in restricted access to traditional marketing and advertising channels for cannabis retailers and brands, preventing them from utilizing many traditional methods for effectively accessing and engaging with consumers. In addition, the lack of industry-specific data and market intelligence solutions limit cannabis retailers' and brands' ability to efficiently market their products, thereby hindering their growth. Our platform enables our clients to increase brand awareness, engage customers, improve retention, and access actionable consumer feedback data to improve marketing. Our clients can use our loyalty marketing, digital communications, and text/email marketing solutions to drive new customer acquisition, customer spend and retail foot traffic. Our proven B2B2C software platform creates powerful network effects between retailers and brands and provides an ability for both to connect directly with consumers. As retailers and brand scale, a virtuous cycle amplifies growth, ultimately expanding SpringBig's reach and strengthening our value proposition.

SpringBig serves approximately 1,300 brand and retailer clients across more than 3,000 distinct retail locations in North America. Our clients distribute more than 2.0 billion messages annually, and in the last year more than $7.5 billion of gross merchandise value was accounted for by clients utilizing our platform.

Business Combination and Public Company Cost

On June 14, 2022, SpringBig Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation (“Tuatara” or “TCAC”)), consummated the previously announced business combination (the “business combination”) of Tuatara and SpringBig, Inc. (“Legacy SpringBig”), a Delaware corporation. Pursuant to the merger agreement, prior to the closing of the business combination, Tuatara changed its jurisdiction of incorporation by deregistering as a Cayman Islands on January 24, 2020 formed forexempted company and continuing and domesticating as a corporation incorporated under the purposelaws of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similarthe State of Delaware. Prior to the closing date, and in connection with the Closing, Tuatara changed its name to SpringBig Holdings, Inc. Legacy SpringBig was deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the business combination with one or more businesses. We intend to effectuate our Business Combination using cash derived from the proceedsbased on an analysis of the Initial Public Offeringcriteria outlined in Accounting Standards Codification 805. While Tuatara was the legal acquirer in the business combination, because Legacy SpringBig was deemed the accounting acquirer, the historical financial statements of Legacy SpringBig became the historical financial statements of the combined company, upon the Closing.

The business combination was accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting, and the salefinancial statements of the Private Placement Warrants, our shares, debtcombined entity represent the continuation of the financial statements of Legacy SpringBig in many respects. Under this method of accounting, Tuatara was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, Legacy SpringBig was deemed to be the accounting
49


acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction was treated as a recapitalization of Legacy SpringBig (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by Tuatara for stock of Legacy SpringBig). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of Legacy SpringBig became the historical financial statements of the combined company, and Tuatara’s assets, liabilities and results of operations were consolidated with Legacy SpringBig beginning on the acquisition date. Operations prior to the business combination are presented as those of Legacy SpringBig. The net assets of Tuatara were recognized at historical cost (which are consistent with carrying value), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

As a consequence of the business combination, of cash, sharesLegacy SpringBig became the successor to an SEC-registered and debt.

Nasdaq-listed company, which requires us to incur additional expenses and implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. We have and expect to continue to incur significant costsadditional annual expenses as a public company for, amongst other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees.

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

We monitor the following key financial and operational metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. The following is our analysis for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, in thousands:

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Revenue$26,629 $23,362 
Net loss(13,076)(5,750)
Adjusted EBITDA(12,603)(5,548)
Number of retail clients1,319 1,240 
Net revenue retention105 %110 %
Number of messages (million)2,099 1,861 

For a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA see “EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA,” below.

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of monthly subscriptions that provide retail clients with access to an integrated platform through which they can manage loyalty programs and communications with their consumers. We also generate additional revenue from these retail clients when the quantum of messages sent to consumers exceeds the amounts in the pursuitsubscription package. The subscriptions generally have twelve-month terms (which typically are not subject to early termination without a cancellation fee payable by the client), are payable monthly, and automatically renew for subsequent and recurring 12-month periods unless notice of cancellation is provided in advance.

The Company's revenue growth is generally achieved through a mix of new clients, clients upgrading their subscriptions (as new clients will frequently enter into a relatively low level of subscription (with respect to the size of such client's database and the number of their customers on such database) and/or the number of pre-determined communication credits), which frequently occurs shortly after such a client initially becomes a client, and the excess use element of revenues.“Excess use” revenues are revenues derived from amounts charged to clients for exceeding the pre-determined credit volume set forth in the applicable client’s subscription agreement. Given this combination, and particularly the tendency for clients to upgrade soon after becoming a client, the Company does not actively monitor revenue split between new and existing clients, preferring to use the split between subscription and excess use in combination with net dollar retention and the number of clients as key metrics, as described below.

Other Key Operating Metrics

The growth in our revenues is a key metric at this stage in our development as a Company and therefore to provide investors with additional information, we have disclosed in the table above the number of our acquisition plans.retail clients, our net revenue retention rate and the number of standardized messages distributed through the SpringBig platform by our clients. We cannot assureregularly review the key operating and financial metrics set forth above to evaluate our business, our growth, assess our performance and
50


make decisions regarding our business. We believe these key metrics are useful to investors both because they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, and they may be helpful in evaluating the state and growth of our business.

Number of Retail Clients. We disclose in the table above the number of discrete SpringBig platforms used by clients of the business at the end of the relevant period. We view this number as an important metric to assess the performance of our business because an increased number of clients drives growth, increases brand awareness and helps contribute to our reach and strengthening our value proposition.

Net Revenue Retention. We believe that the growth in the use of our platform by our clients is an important metric in evaluating our business and growth. We monitor our dollar-based net revenue retention rate on a rolling basis to track the maintenance of revenue and revenue-increasing activity growth. “Net revenue retention rate” (also referred to as “net dollar retention rate”) does not have a standardized meaning and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies, and further, investors should not consider it in isolation. When evaluating our retention rates and calculating our net revenue retention rate, SpringBig calculates the average recurring monthly revenue from retail clients, adjusted for losses, increases and decreases in monthly subscriptions during the prior twelve months divided by the average recurring monthly subscription revenue over the same trailing twelve-month period.

We view a net revenue retention rate exceeding 100% as positive because this is indicative of increasing subscription revenue without including the impact of the initial recurring revenue from new clients during the month in which they are on-boarded. We believe that we can drive this metric by continuing to focus on existing clients and by revenue-increasing activities, such as client upgrades. Net revenue retention is measured over the twelve-month ending at the reporting date and if the ratio exceeds 100% this is an indication of upgrades from clients exceeding the value of any lost clients and downgrades in subscriptions. The net revenue retention is calculated based on subscription revenues only and does not include the impact of excess use revenue.

Number of Messages Sent. We believe that the volume of messages sent, measured in standardized message size, is important as it indicates the frequency of use and level of engagement of our platform by our clients. Messages are distributed by text, email, and direct push notifications to mobile applications.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and Adjusted EBITDA, which represents EBITDA adjusted for certain unusual, infrequent items, or non-cash items (such as bad debt expense and stock-based compensation).

We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of investment capacity. Accordingly, we believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors, and is widely used by analysts, investors and competitors to measure a company's operating performance.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations, and you should not consider these in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP, including net loss, which we consider to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Some of these limitations are:

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available.

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss and our plansother GAAP results.





51


A reconciliation of net loss before taxes to completenon-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Net loss$(13,076)$(5,750)
Interest income(18)(3)
Interest expense949 — 
Income tax expense
Depreciation and amortization expense259 173 
EBITDA(11,883)(5,578)
Stock based compensation1,226 595 
PPP loan forgiveness— (781)
Bad debt expense1,474 216 
Severance payments188 — 
Business combination related bonus550 — 
Change in fair value of warrants(4,158)— 
Adjusted EBITDA$(12,603)$(5,548)


Factors Affecting Our Performance

Overall Economic Trends

The overall economic environment and related changes to consumer behavior have a Business Combinationsignificant impact on our business. Overall, positive conditions in the broader economy promote consumer spending on marketplaces and our customers’ products, while economic weakness, which generally results in reduced consumer spending, may have a negative impact on our customers’ sales, which in turn may impact our revenue.

Growth and Retention of Customers

Our revenue grows primarily through acquiring and retaining customers and expanding relationships with customers over time, increasing the revenue per customer. We have historically been able to attract, retain and grow relationships with customers as a result of the Company’s comprehensive product suite, differentiated loyalty programs, consistent communications with customers, and reliable customer service.

Regulation and Maturation of Cannabis Markets

We believe that we will have significant opportunities for growth as more jurisdictions legalize cannabis for medical and/or adult use and the regulatory environment continues to develop. We intend to explore new expansion opportunities as additional jurisdictions legalize cannabis for medical or adult use and leverage our existing business model to enter new markets. We believe our understanding of the space coupled with our experienced sales force will enable us to quickly enter and execute in new markets and capture new business, which we sustain via our best-in-class product offerings. Further, a change in U.S. federal regulations could result in our ability to engage in additional outlets, including the fintech, payments and e-commerce space.

We expect competition to intensify in the future as the regulatory regime for cannabis becomes more settled and the legal market for cannabis becomes more accepted, which may encourage new participants to enter the market, including established companies with substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than existing market participants.

52


We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand identity and our reputation is critical to maintaining and growing our relationships with customers and to our ability to attract new customers.

We believe our platform’s scale and strong customer loyalty market themselves; however, we implement a variety of marketing efforts to attract the remaining retailers and brands not yet on our platform. Marketing efforts include multiple strategies designed to attract and retain both retail and brands subscribers.

Negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, our employees, customers or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Given our high visibility, we may be more susceptible to the risk of negative publicity. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our platform and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore value of our brand may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

We also believe that the importance of our brand recognition and reputation will continue to increase as competition in our market continues to develop. If our brand promotion activities are not successful, our operating results and growth may be adversely impacted.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

SpringBig provides its retail customers with access to an integrated platform that provides all the functions of the Company’s proprietary software, which uses proprietary technology to send text, email, and push messages to the customer’s contacts. This access is provided to customers under a contract, with revenue generated from monthly fixed fees for credits (up to pre-contracted amount) and optional purchases of additional credits.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of amounts payable to distributors of messages on behalf of the Company’s customers across cellular networks and integrations.

Selling, Servicing and Marketing Expenses

Selling, servicing and marketing expenses consist of salaries, benefits, travel expense and incentive compensation for our sales, servicing and marketing employees. In addition, sales, servicing and marketing expenses include business acquisition marketing, events cost, and branding and advertising costs.

Technology and Software Development Expenses

Technology and software development costs consist of salaries and benefits for employees, including engineering and technical teams who are responsible for building new products, as well as maintaining and improving existing products. We capitalize certain costs associated with technology and software development in accordance with ACS 350-40, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal Use Software, but these are limited in quantum as we are constantly and regularly making enhancements to our technology platform and do not consider appropriate to be capitalized. Capitalized costs are generally amortized over a three-year period commencing on the date that the specific software product is placed in service. We believe that continued investment in our platform is important for our growth.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and related benefits costs for our employees involved in general corporate functions including finance, human resources and investor relations, as well as costs associated with the use by these functions of software and equipment. All rent, insurance and other occupancy costs are also included in general and administrative expenses as are professional and outside services related to legal, audit and other services, and stock compensation expenses.




53

53


Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31,
20222021Increase (decrease)%
(in thousands)(in thousands)(in thousands)
Revenue$26,629 $23,362 $3,267 14 %
Cost of revenues6,701 6,267 434 %
Gross profit19,928 17,095 2,833 17 %
Operating expenses:
Selling, servicing and marketing12,333 10,185 2,148 21 %
Technology and software development11,353 8,410 2,943 35 %
General and administrative12,542 5,032 7,510 149 %
Total operating expenses36,228 23,627 12,601 53 %
Loss from operations(16,300)(6,532)(9,768)150 %
Interest income18 15 nm
Interest expense(949)— (949)nm
Change in fair value of warrants4,158 — 4,158 nm
Forgiveness of PPP loan— 781 (781)nm
Loss before income tax(13,073)(5,748)(7,325)127 %
Income tax expensenm
Net loss$(13,076)$(5,750)$(7,326)127 %
nm - not meaningful

Revenues. Revenues increased by $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a 14% increase compared with the year ended December 31, 2021. Our subscription revenue was $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared with $14.8 million in for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing 38% year over year growth. The excess use revenue declined by 29% year over year from $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This decrease was due in part to the weaker economy and more significantly to the fact that some prior year excess use revenue has now converted into recurring subscription revenues due to clients upgrading their subscriptions. Our revenue from Brands clients increased by 44% year over year and was $940,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to $654,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $17.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a 17% increase. The cost of revenue increased by $0.4 million, representing a 7% increase, for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to the increasing volume of messages distributed by clients, with a total of approximately 2.1 billion messages during the year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase of 238 million, or 13.0% higher, than in the same period last year. The percentage increase in cost of revenue is lower than our revenue growth over the same period and therefore our gross margin percentage increased by 1.7% compared with the same period in 2021 to 74.8% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Operating Expenses. SpringBig continues to prioritize revenue growth while ensuring expenses are managed in an appropriate manner to ensure we are able to handle the growth with appropriate personnel, infrastructure and processes and also ensuring net loss is maintained within an acceptable range.

Our operating expenses increased by $12.6 million, or 53%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared with the year ended December 31, 2021.

Selling, servicing and marketing expenses increased by $2.1 million, or 21%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in expenses is primarily due to the full year effect of expanding the size of our operations during the latter half of 2021 in response to growth in the business and increased travel and
54

Table
conference activity in the year ended December 31, 2022 after this had been curtailed in the prior year due to the Covid-19 pandemic.

Technology and software development expenses increased by $2.9 million, or 35%, for year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, with the increase being attributable to higher headcount primarily through using offshore contract engineering resources to enable an acceleration in the pace of Contents
developing and enhancing our software platform.
On
General and administrative expenses increased by $7.5 million, or 149%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 due to higher personnel-related costs as we increased headcount and additional expenses related to preparing for and becoming a publicly listed company, specifically relating to legal, accounting and auditing fees and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums. In addition, higher stock compensation and bad debt expenses in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared with the prior year are included in this category. The increase in bad debt expense from $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 was due to the deterioration of the macroeconomy which resulted in many smaller clients closing their businesses.

Interest Income (Expense). Interest expense was $949,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022 due to interest on the 15% Convertible Notes and the 6% Convertible Notes issued in connection with the business combination consummated on June 14, 2022. Interest expense was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Change in fair value of warrants. The liability relating to warrants issued by SpringBig is included on the balance sheet at the value prevailing at the end of the accounting period and any change in value is reported in the income statement. As at December 31, 2022, the value of the public warrants, which are listed on the Nasdaq stock exchange was $0.0211 per warrant. These warrants did not exist at December 31, 2021, and were recorded in connection with accounting related to the June 14, 2022 business combination. As of the business combination date, the fair value per warrant was $0.2810. The liability relating to warrants issued by SpringBig is included on the balance sheet at the value prevailing at the end of the accounting period. During the year ended December 31, 2022, a $4.2 million gain related to the change in value of the warrants is reported in the income statement.

Liquidity & Capital Resources

We have incurred net losses since inception, and experienced negative cash flows from operations. Prior to the business combination, we financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through the private sales of equity securities and revenue. Our primary uses of cash in the short-term are to fund our operations as we continue to grow our business.

In connection with the execution of the merger agreement in November 8, 2021, Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“TCAC”),Legacy SpringBig and TCAC entered into subscription agreements, pursuant to which certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) agreed to purchase an aggregate of 1,310,000 shares of common stock of the combined company, for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $13,100,000. On February 25, 2022, SpringBig entered into convertible notes (the "Convertible Notes”) with certain of the PIPE Investors for a principal sum of $7.0 million in aggregate. On the consummation of the business combination, closing of the merger, the outstanding principal balance of the Convertible Notes became due and payable and was satisfied, along with the interest due on such notes, by the issuance to holders of such notes shares of the Company’s common stock and the remainder of the investment from the PIPE Investors was funded and paid to the Company.

Additionally, following the execution of the merger agreement, we entered into two incremental financing agreements. An institutional investor through the Notes and Warrants Purchase Agreement agreed to purchase $11.0 million of 6% Senior Secured Original Issue Discount Convertible Notes due in 2024 and Plana number of Merger (as itwarrants equal to one-half of the principal amount of notes divided by the volume weighted average price on the trading day prior to closing. This financing closed immediately after the business combination.

The Company also entered into the Cantor Equity Facility for up to $50.0 million in aggregate gross purchase price of newly issued shares of our common stock after the closing of the business combination.

The Company may, be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time at its option, sell to Cantor newly issued shares of common stock pursuant to the “Merger Agreement”), byterms of the Cantor Equity Facility. The use of the Cantor Equity Facility is subject to certain conditions, including the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to the resale of the common stock issuable under the Cantor Equity Facility. Therefore, funds from the $50.0 million gross purchase price will not be immediately available, if at all, to SpringBig, and among TCAC, HighJump Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and SpringBig, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SpringBig”).there can be no assurances that the Cantor Equity Facility will be available to the Company at all times during its terms or that such purchase price will ever become available.


55


The Merger Agreementfollowing table summarizes our cash, accounts receivable and the transactions contemplated thereby were approved by the boards of directors of each of TCACworking capital at December 31, 2022 and SpringBig.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from January 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2021 were organizational activities, those necessary(in thousands):

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Cash and cash equivalents$3,546 $2,227 
Accounts receivable, net2,889 3,045 
Working capital(1,544)3,979 

We are committed to prepareensuring our balance sheet supports the business and our growth objectives and are considering a supplemental capital raise. As of December 31, 2022, based on the factors described in this sub-section, we concluded that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue to operate as a going concern for the Initial Public Offering,12 months following the issuance of the financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This estimate is based on our current business plan and expectations and assumptions in light of current macroeconomic conditions. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong and could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect, and future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those described below,in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Although we are not currently a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity financing, incur indebtedness, or use cash resources. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions.

To the extent existing cash and identifying a target company for a Business Combination.investments and cash from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may need to raise additional funds. We do not expectmay seek to generate any operating revenues until after the completionraise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds by incurring indebtedness, such indebtedness may have rights that are senior to holders of our Business Combination. We generate non-operating incomeequity securities and could contain covenants that restrict operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to stockholders. Further, the Secured Convertible Notes also contain a number of restrictive covenants that may impose significant restrictions on obtaining future financings, including restrictions on SpringBig’s ability to do any of each following while the Secured Convertible Notes remain outstanding: (i) incurring additional indebtedness and guaranteeing indebtedness; (ii) incurring liens or allowing mortgages or other encumbrances; (iii) prepaying, redeeming, or repurchasing certain other debt; (iv) paying dividends or making other distributions or repurchasing or redeeming its capital stock; (v) selling assets or entering into or effecting certain other transactions (including a reorganization, consolidation, dissolution or similar transaction or selling, leasing, licensing, transferring or otherwise disposing of assets of the Company or its subsidiaries); (vi) issuing additional equity (outside of the equity facility, issuances under our equity compensation plan and other limited exceptions until a resale registration statement registering all of the common stock underlying the notes and warrants with the Investor is declared effective by the SEC); (vii) entering into variable rate transactions (exclusive of the equity facility); and (viii) adopting certain amendments to our governing documents, among other restrictions. In addition, the noteholders have the right, for 18 months following the first closing of the notes and warrants with the Investor, to purchase up to 30% of the securities we may offer in subsequent financings. Accordingly, we may be limited in our ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms or at all within such limitations. Such restrictions may be waived by consent of the noteholder.

SpringBig’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on its ability to meet its liquidity needs through a combination of factors including, but not limited to, cash and cash equivalents, the ongoing increase in revenue through increased usage by customers and new customers, its Common Stock Purchase Agreement and strategic capital raises. The ultimate success of these plans is not guaranteed. See the section titled “Going Concern and Liquidity” in Note 2 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information.













56


Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):


Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
Total cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(14,518)$(7,884)
Investing activities(413)(374)
Financing activities16,250 38 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$1,319 $(8,220)

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities consists primarily of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, non-cash stock compensation expenses, changes in the formfair value of interest income on investments heldfinancial instruments and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the net loss was $13.1 million and the cash used in operating activities was $14.5 million. The difference of $1.4 million is due to $2.0 million in non-cash items comprising a $4.2 million change in the Trust Account. We incur expenses asvalue of warrants offset by $2.6 million relating to stock compensation expense and depreciation and amortization, and a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.$0.6 million reduction in working capital.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had a net income of $7,707,350, which consists of a change in the fair value of warrant liability of $12,960,000 and interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account of $35,810, offset by transaction costs allocated to warrants of $853,386, compensation expense of $2,400,000 and formation and operating cost of $2,035,074.

For the period from January 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $5,064 which consists of formation and operational costs.

Liquidity, Capital Resourcesloss from operations was $5.8 million and Going Concern

On February 17, 2021, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 20,000,000 units, which includes a partial exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option in the amount of 2,500,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $200,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 6,000,000 Private Placement Warrant at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6,000,000.

Following the Initial Public Offering, the partial exercise of the over-allotment option, and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $200,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $11,766,856 in Initial Public Offering related costs, including $4,000,000 of underwriting fees, $7,000,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $766,856 of other costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash used in operating activities was $739,608. Net income$7.9 million, with the difference of $7,707,350$2.1 million being due to an increase in accounts receivable.

Investing Activities

SpringBig has low capital investment requirements, with our needs comprising primarily computer equipment and office furniture and related items. Cash used in investing activities was affected by interest earned on investments held in$0.4 million for the Trust Account of $35,810, a change in the fair value of warrant liability of $12,960,000, compensation expense of ($2,400,000) and transaction costs allocable to warrants ($853,386). Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $1,295,466 of cash for operating activities.

For the period from January 24, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2022 and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the net cash used in operatingprovided by financing activities was $64. Net loss of $5,064 was offset by formation cost paid by Sponsor in exchange for$16.3 million, comprising $8.8 million from TCAC non-redeeming shareholders, $13.1 million from the issuance of founder sharesnew common stock pursuant to the PIPE financing and $10.0 million from the Secured Convertible Note less merger related expenses of $5,000.

As$14.8 million to provide net cash of $17.1 million associated with the closing of the business combination with Tuatara. Subsequent to the business combination $1.0 million of the Secured Convertible Note has been repaid prior to December 31, 2021, we had investments held in2022 and during the Trust Account of $200,035,810 (including $35,810 of interest income) consisting of securities held in a money market fund that invests in U.S. Treasury securities. We may withdraw interest from the Trust Account to pay taxes, if any. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less income taxes payable), to complete our Business Combination. To the extent that our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

As ofyear ended December 31, 2021, we had cash of $621,472. We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business2022, $0.1 million was received due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a Business Combination.

54

Table of Contents

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.exercise of employee stock options.

We do not believe we will needCash flows from financing activities were immaterial during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2022, there were no off-balance sheet arrangements between us and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to raise additional fundshave, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in orderfinancial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligenceshareholders.

Critical Accounting Policies and negotiating a Business CombinationEstimates

Our consolidated financial statements are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our Public Shares upon consummation of our Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination.

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerationsprepared in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” the Company has until February 17, 2023, to consummate a Business Combination. It is uncertain that the Company will be able to consummate a Business Combination by this time. If a Business Combination is not consummated by this date, there will be a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution of the Company. Management has determined that the liquidity condition and mandatory liquidation, should a Business Combination not occur, and potential subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after February 17, 2023.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2021. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay the Sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees.

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Merger Agreement

On November 8, 2021, Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation (“TCAC”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among TCAC, HighJump Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and SpringBig, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SpringBig”).

The Merger Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on or prior to the closing date: (i) TCAC will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) TCAC’s name will be changed as mutually agreed to between the parties, (B) each then-issued and outstanding TCAC Class A Ordinary Share will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into one share of common stock of TCAC (the “New SpringBig Common Stock”), (C) each then-issued and outstanding TCAC Class B Ordinary Share will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into one share of New SpringBig Common Stock, and (D) each then-issued and outstanding common warrant of TCAC will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a warrant to purchase one share of New SpringBig Common Stock; and (ii) following the Domestication, Merger Sub will merge with and into SpringBig, with SpringBig as the surviving company in the merger and, after giving effect to such merger, continuing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCAC (the “Merger”).

55

Table of Contents
The Business Combination is expected to close in mid-2022, following the receipt of the required approval by TCAC’s shareholders, required regulatory approvals and the fulfillment of other customary closing conditions.

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement, based on an implied equity value of $245 million, (i) each share of SpringBig common stock (other than dissenting shares) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the merger consideration comprised of New SpringBig Common Stock, as determined in the Merger Agreement (the “Share Conversion Ratio”), and (ii) vested and unvested options of SpringBig outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will convert into comparable options that are exercisable for shares of New SpringBig Common Stock, with a value determined in accordance with the Share Conversion Ratio.

As part of the aggregate consideration payable to the SpringBig’s securityholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement, holders of SpringBig’s common stock (including those holders of converted preferred stock of SpringBig) and holders of options of SpringBig’s common stock will also have the right to receive their pro rata portion of up to an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock (“Contingent Shares”) if any of the following stock price conditions are met: (i) 5,500,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date; (ii) 2,250,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date; and (iii) 1,250,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of the New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date.

PIPE Financing (Private Placement)

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement, TCAC entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and TCAC agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the closing date, an aggregate of 1,310,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $13,100,000 (the “PIPE Financing”).

Advisory Service Agreement

On August 12, 2021 TCAC entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“CF&CO) to act as a capital markets advisor in connection with the proposed business combination (the “Business Combination”) with SpringBig, Inc. CF&CO acknowledges that the Company may engage additional advisors in the same capacity (together with CF&CO, the “Capital Markets Advisors”), provided that CF&CO will be the “lead” capital markets advisor and CF&CO shall not be responsible for the actions or inactions of any other capital markets advisor. In consideration of our services pursuant to this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay CF&CO a fee of $5,000,000 (the “Advisory Fee”) upon the consummation of the Business Combination (“Closing”). $2,000,000 of the Advisory Fee shall be payable in cash, and the remainder of the Advisory Fee (“Redemption Dependent Portion”) payable in cash and common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), with the portions of each to depend on the final amount of redemptions from the Company’s trust account established for the benefit of the Company’s public stockholders (the “Trust Account”) in connection with the Business Combination.

Subsequent to the Agreement, TCAC entered into a second agreement (“Second Agreement”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“CF&CO) to receive one or more financing(s) through the private placement, offering or other sale of equity instruments in any form, including, without limitation, (i) equity instruments in any form, including, without limitation, preferred or common equity, or instruments convertible into preferred or common equity or other related forms of interests or capital of the Company in one or a series of transactions (an “Equity Financing”) and (ii) debt in any form, including, but not limited to, bank debt, high yield debt or mezzanine debt, notes, bonds, debentures or other debt securities, of the Company in one transaction or a series of transactions (a “Debt Financing” and any Equity Financing or Debt Financing, (a “Financing”), in the cases of (i) and (ii), in connection with the business combination contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and SpringBig, Inc., dated as of November 8, 2021 (the “Business Combination,” and such agreement, the “Merger Agreement”). The Company hereby engages CF&CO to act as the Company’s financial advisor, placement agent and arranger in connection with any Financing for the Business Combination. In consideration of our services pursuant to this Second Agreement, the Company agrees to pay CF&CO the following compensation:

56

Table of Contents

(a)
Upon the closing of any Financing (which is contemplated to fund and close concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination), the Company shall pay to CF&CO a non-refundable cash fee equal to 4% of the aggregate maximum gross proceeds received or receivable in connection with such Financing, including, without limitation, aggregate amounts committed by investors to purchase securities, whether or not all securities are issued on the closing date of the Equity Financing.

(b)In no event shall the aggregate amount of the fees payable to CF&CO pursuant to this section 3 be less than $1,500,000.

(c)The fees payable pursuant to this section 3 shall be in addition to any other fees that the Company may be required to pay directly to any prospective investor to secure its financing commitment.

(d)For the avoidance of doubt, if the structure of a Financing contemplates multiple issuances, financing availability that is contingent upon the occurrence of some future event or any other delayed consideration structure, such Financing shall be considered a single Financing, and not multiple Financings, and all fees payable pursuant to this section 3 for such Financing shall be payable in full on the closing date of such Financing.

(e)All fees payable hereunder will be payable in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds to CF&CO for its own account, or as directed by it, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future applicable taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto (with appropriate gross-up for withholding taxes) and will not be subject to reduction by way of setoff or counterclaim. Once paid, no fee will be refundable under any circumstances.
Critical Accounting Policies

GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires managementus to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and liabilities, disclosurerelated disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.
57



We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, software development costs, income taxes, and equity-based compensation have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of contingent assets and liabilities atour significant accounting policies, see the date of theCompany's audited consolidated financial statements and incomeaccompanying notes included in this report.

Revenue Recognition

The Company has adopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation, and expenses duringdisclosure of revenue in financial statements. The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised services to customers in an amount that reflects the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ fromconsideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:services.

Warrant LiabilitySoftware Development Costs

We account for the warrants issued in connectioncapitalize certain costs associated with our Initial Public Offeringtechnology and software development in accordance with ASC 350-40, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software. Capitalized costs are generally amortized over a three-year period commencing on the guidance containeddate that the specific software product is placed in ASC 815 under which the warrants doservice. In practice, we have not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, andcapitalized any change in fair value is recognized in our statement of operations.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our ordinary shares subject to possible conversion in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemptionmaterial software development costs since expenditures are classified as a liability instrument and measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considereddeemed to be outside of the scope of those required to be capitalized in accordance with ASC 350-40.

Income Taxes

We record current income taxes based on our controlestimates of current taxable income and provide for deferred income taxes to reflect estimated future income tax payments and receipts. We are subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, ordinary sharesfederal income taxes as well as state taxes. In addition, we are subject to possible redemptiontaxes in the foreign jurisdictions where we operate.

The Company records a deferred tax asset or liability based on the difference between financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured by the anticipated tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are presented at redemption valuenot expected to be realized. The Company adopted ASU 2016-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The guidance requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as temporary equity, outsidenoncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability.

The Company has evaluated its tax positions for any uncertainties based on the technical merits of the shareholders’ equity sectionpositions taken. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by taxing authorities. The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken and has concluded that as of our balance sheets.December 31, 2022 and 2021, there are no uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, that would require recognition of a liability or disclosure in the financial statements.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary ShareStock-Based Compensation

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. We have two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinaryASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, addresses accounting for share-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock, performance shares and Class B ordinary shares. Incomewarrant. Stock-based compensation for stock options to employees and lossesnon-employees is based upon the fair value of the award on the date of grant. We record forfeitures as they occur. The compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, and is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The expected life represents the term the options granted are shared pro rata betweenexpected to be outstanding. The expected volatility was determined using the two classeshistorical volatility of shares. Accretion associated withsimilar publicly traded companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on the redeemable sharesU.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.grant.

57

Table of Contents
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See the section titled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Note 2 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In August 2020,other
58


words, an "emerging growth company" can delay the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debtadoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that any decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifiesnew or revised accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models requiredstandards is irrevocable. We have elected to use this extended transition period under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas.  ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. JOBS Act.

We are currently assessingalso a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have onSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as the market value of our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effectvoting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million measured on the Company’s condensed financial statements.last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have operations within the United States and limited operations with customers located in Canada, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of interest rate changes, inflation and exchange rate charges. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, our portfolio's fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Exchange Rate Risk

We have operations in Toronto, Canada and customers located in Canada.Given our reporting currency is US dollars, this results in exchange rate translation risk. The effect is minimized by matching our Canadian income and expense with our Canadian customers being invoiced in their local currency.The exchange rate risk to our financial statements is immaterial.




















59


Item 8. Financial Statements



SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Item 7AQuantitative
Audited Financial StatementsPage
61

Not required




















60


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
SpringBig Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidatedbalance sheets of SpringBig Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for smaller reporting companies.each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

This information appears following Item 15Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 2, the Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this Reportuncertainty.

Explanatory Paragraph – Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as amended, effective January 1, 2022, using the modified retrospective approach.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our auditswe are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditsalso included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

Fort Lauderdale, FL

March 28, 2023

61


SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,
20222021
 (In thousands except share data)
ASSETS
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$3,546 $2,227 
Accounts receivable, net2,889 3,045 
Contract assets333 364 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets1,505 927 
Total current assets8,273 6,563 
Operating lease asset750 — 
Property and equipment, net375 480 
Convertible note receivable259 — 
Total assets$9,657 $7,043 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable1,056 215 
Accrued expense and other current liabilities2,554 1,919 
Current maturities of long-term debt5,451 — 
Deferred revenue291 450 
Operating lease liability - current465 — 
Total current liabilities9,817 2,584 
Notes payable2,814 — 
Operating lease liability - non-current316 — 
Warrant liabilities338 — 
Total liabilities13,285 2,584 
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Common stock par value $0.0001 per share, 300,000,000 authorized at December 31, 2022; 26,659,711 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022; (par value $0.0001 per share, 22,764,527 authorized at December 31, 2021; 17,862,108 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021)
Additional paid-in-capital22,701 17,682 
Accumulated deficit(26,332)(13,225)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(3,628)4,459 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)$9,657 $7,043 




62
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31,
 20222021
 (In thousands except share data)
Revenues$26,629 $23,362 
Cost of revenues6,701 6,267 
Gross profit19,928 17,095 
Operating expenses
  Selling, servicing and marketing12,333 10,185 
  Technology and software development11,353 8,410 
  General and administrative12,542 5,032 
Total operating expenses36,228 23,627 
Loss from operations(16,300)(6,532)
  Interest income18 
Interest expense(949)— 
Change in fair value of warrants4,158 — 
  Forgiveness of PPP loan— 781 
Loss before income tax(13,073)(5,748)
Income tax expense
Net loss$(13,076)$(5,750)
Net loss per common share:
Basic and diluted$(0.59)$(0.32)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted22,287,828 17,771,960 
63
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)


Common StockAdditional Paid-in- CapitalAccumulated DeficitTotal
 SharesAmountAmountAmountAmount
(In thousands except share data)
Balance at December 31, 202017,660,258 $2 $16,999 $(7,475)$9,526 
Stock-based compensation67,535 — 595 — 595 
Exercise of stock options94,553 — 38 — 38 
Issue of common stock39,762 — 50 — 50 
Net loss— — — (5,750)(5,750)
Balance at December 31, 202117,862,108 $2 $17,682 $(13,225)$4,459 
Stock-based compensation— — 1,226 — 1,226 
Exercise of stock options475,421 — 140 — 140 
Recapitalization7,093,744 3,453 — 3,454 
Lease standard adoption— — — (31)(31)
Issue of common stock*877,193 — — — — 
Issue of common stock^351,245 — 200 — 200 
Net loss— — — (13,076)(13,076)
Balance at December 31, 202226,659,711 $3 $22,701 $(26,332)$(3,628)
*During the year ended December 31, 2022 the Company issued 877,193 shares to satisfy a $1.5 million commitment fee for the Cantor Equity Facility
^During the year ended December 31, 2022 the Company issued 351,245 shares as repayment on the L1 Notes payable






















64
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31,
20222021
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(13,076)$(5,750)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization259 173 
  Discount amortization on convertible notes304 — 
  Stock-based compensation expense1,226 595 
Operating lease right of use assets amortization318 — 
Bad debt expense1,474 216 
Forgiveness of PPP Loan— (781)
Accrued interest on convertible notes26 — 
Change in fair value of warrants(4,158)— 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable(1,317)(2,119)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets(578)(740)
  Contract assets31 (98)
  Accounts payable and other liabilities1,450 704 
Operating lease liabilities(318)— 
  Related party payable— (51)
  Related party receivable— 77 
  Deferred revenue(159)(110)
Net cash used in operating activities(14,518)(7,884)
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Business combination, net of cash acquired— (122)
 Purchase of convertible note(259)— 
   Purchases of property and equipment(154)(252)
Net cash used in investing activities(413)(374)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Business combination, net of transaction cost10,110 — 
Proceeds from convertible notes7,000 — 
Repayment of convertible notes(1,000)— 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options140 38 
Net cash provided by financing activities16,250 38 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$1,319 $(8,220)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period2,227 10,447 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$3,546 $2,227 
Supplemental cash flows disclosures
Income taxes paid$$— 
Interest paid$330 $— 
Supplemental disclosure of non‑cash activities
Conversion of 15% convertible note and interest into common stock$7,305 $— 
Warrants assumed in business combination at estimated fair value$4,496 $— 
Conversion of L1 Notes into common stock$200 $— 
Issue of common stock for business combination$— $50 
Indemnity holdback for business combination$— $23 
65
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

SpringBig Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “SpringBig”) developed a software platform that provides marketing and customer engagement services to cannabis dispensaries and brands throughout the United States and Canada. The Company allows merchants to provide loyalty plans and rewards directly to consumers through an internet portal and mobile applications. Our operational headquarters are in Boca Raton, Florida, with additional offices located in the United States and Canada.

The Company has one direct wholly-owned subsidiary, SpringBig, Inc.

On June 14, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), SpringBig Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation (“Tuatara” or “TCAC”)), consummated the business combination of SpringBig, Inc. (“Legacy SpringBig”) and HighJump Merger Sub, Inc., the wholly-owned subsidiary of Tuatara, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Plan Merger, dated as of April 14, 2022, as amended, by and among Tuatara, HighJump Merger Sub, Inc. and Legacy SpringBig. Prior to the closing of the business combination (the “Closing”), Tuatara changed its jurisdiction of incorporation by deregistering as a Cayman Islands exempted company and continuing and domesticating as a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. In connection with the Closing, the registrant changed its name from Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation to “SpringBig Holdings, Inc.” SpringBig will continue the existing business operations of Legacy SpringBig as a publicly traded company. See Note 9, Business Combination, to these consolidated financial statements for further information.

While the legal acquirer in the business combination is SpringBig for financial accounting and reporting purposes under U.S. GAAP, Legacy SpringBig is the accounting acquirer, with the merger accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting, and the financial statements of the combined entity represent the continuation of the financial statements of Legacy SpringBig. Under this accounting method, SpringBig is treated as the “acquired” company and Legacy SpringBig is the accounting acquirer, with the transaction treated as a recapitalization of Legacy SpringBig. SpringBig’s assets, liabilities and results of operations were consolidated with Legacy SpringBig’s beginning on the date of the business combination. Except for certain warrant liabilities, the assets and liabilities of SpringBig were recognized at historical cost (which is consistent with carrying value) and were not material, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The warrant liabilities, which are discussed in Note 13, Warrant Liabilities, were recorded at fair value. The consolidated assets, liabilities, and results of operations of Legacy SpringBig became the historical financial statements, and operations prior to the closing of the business combination presented for comparative purposes are those of Legacy SpringBig. Pre-merger shares of common stock and preferred stock of Legacy SpringBig were converted to shares of common stock of the combined company using the conversion ratio of 0.59289 and for comparative purposes, the shares and net loss per share of Legacy SpringBig prior to the merger have been retroactively restated using the conversion ratio.

Beginning June 15, 2022, the ticker symbols for the Company’s common stock and publicly-traded warrants were changed to “SBIG” and “SBIGW,” respectively, and commenced trading on The Nasdaq Global Market. The Company received net proceeds of $18.8 million, with gross proceeds of $25.1 million, which were in addition to the $7.0 million in Convertible Notes proceeds, which were received in February 2022 in connection with Legacy SpringBig’s issuance of such notes (and which Convertible Notes and the interest due thereon were converted into common stock in connection with the business combination. See Note 10, 15% Convertible Promissory Notes, to these consolidated financial statements). Of the amount received at the Closing, approximately $8.8 million represented cash from the TCAC trust related to unredeemed shares; $6.1 million represented proceeds from the subscription for common stock from certain investors (the “PIPE Financing”), and $10.0 million from the Secured Convertible Note (defined below). The Company incurred additional cash and non cash expenses totaling $8.7 million, resulting in net business combination proceeds of $10.1 million.

Common Stock Purchase Agreement

On April 29, 2022, the Company entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (as amended, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with CF Principal Investments LLC ("Cantor"), an affiliate of Cantor Fitzgerald L.P. The Company, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to issue and sell to Cantor, and Cantor
66


SPRINGBIG HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
shall purchase from the Company, up to $50.0 million of common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to certain terms and conditions (the “Facility”).

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Going Concern and Liquidity

Historically, the Company has incurred losses, which has resulted in an accumulated deficit of approximately $26.3 million as of December 31, 2022. Cash flows used in operating activities were $14.5 million and $7.9 million, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had a working capital deficit of approximately $1.5 million, inclusive of $3.5 million in cash and cash equivalents to cover overhead expenses.

The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on its ability to meet its liquidity needs through a combination of factors including, but not limited to, cash and cash equivalents, the ongoing increase in revenue through increased usage by customers and new customers, its Stock Purchase Agreement and strategic capital raises. The ultimate success of these plans is not guaranteed.

Based on management projections for increases in revenue and cash on hand, we concluded that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue to operate as a going concern for the 12 months following the issuance of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis and do not include any adjustments that might result from uncertainty about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Foreign Currency

We translate the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries, which have a functional currency in the respective country’s local currency, to U.S. dollars using month-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and actual exchange rates for revenue, costs and expenses on the date of the transaction. Translation gains and losses are included within “general and administrative expense” on the consolidated statements of operations. These gains and losses are immaterial to the financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, software development costs, income taxes, and equity-based compensation have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. Accounting estimates used in the preparation of these financial statements change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained, and as the operating environment changes. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

Segments

The Company manages its business as a single operating segment. Our chief operating decision maker reviews financial information presented for the purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance at an
67


entity level and we have no segment managers who are held accountable by the chief operating decision maker for operations and operating results. The products and services across the company are similar in nature, distributed in a comparable manner and have customers with common characteristics. We determined that we have one operating and reportable segment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, Segment Reporting.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial assets, which include cash equivalents, current financial assets and our current financial liabilities have fair values that approximate their carrying value due to their short-term maturities.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents with high credit-quality financial institutions. Such deposits may be in excess of federally insured limits. We perform periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and require no collateral from our customers. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon the expected collectability of accounts receivable balances.
We had one customer representing 11% of total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022. By comparison, we had one customer that represented 11% of total revenues for the same period ended December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the same customer represented 12% and 28% of accounts receivable, respectively.

Transaction Costs

The Company incurred significant costs direct and incremental to the business combination and therefore to the recapitalization of the Company. We deferred such costs incurred in 2021. In 2022, upon closing of the business combination, total direct transaction costs were allocated between equity and liability instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis that were newly issued in the recapitalization. Amounts allocated to equity were recorded to additional paid-in capital, while amounts allocated to the specified liabilities were recorded as other expense. See Note 9, Business Combination, to these consolidated financial statements for further information.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, when acquired, to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash with three commercial banks.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company exceeded the federally insured limits of $250,000 for interest and non-interest bearing deposits. The Company had cash balances with a single financial institution in excess of the FDIC insured limits by $3.2 million as of December 31, 2022. We monitor the financial condition of such institution and have not experienced any losses associated with these accounts.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms granted by the Company based on each customer’s own creditworthiness. The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management’s best estimate of amounts that will not be collected. Management individually reviews past due accounts receivable balances and based on an assessment of each customer’s current creditworthiness, estimates the portion, if any, that will not be collected. Additionally, management assesses the remaining balance of accounts receivable based on experience and an assessment of future
68


economic conditions to determine its best estimate of the portion that will not be collected. Unbilled receivables are customer obligations due under normal terms of trade which have not been invoiced at the balance sheet date and are invoiced shortly thereafter.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major additions and improvements which extend the life of the assets are capitalized whereas maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred. When property or equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in income.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the terms of the leases.

Contract Assets (Deferred Commission)

The Company recognized a contract asset for the incremental costs (i.e., the sales commissions) of obtaining a contract because the Company expects to recover those costs through future fees for the services to be provided. The Company amortizes the asset over the course of three years, which is the estimated number of years a customer is retained.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Internal and external costs associated with the development stage of computer applications, as well as for upgrades and enhancements that result in additional functionality of the applications, are capitalized in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40, Internal-Use Software Accounting and Capitalization. Internal and external training and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred or over the related service period. When a software application is placed in service, the Company begins amortizing the related capitalized software costs using the straight-line method based on its estimated useful life, which is generally three years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the carrying value of property and equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends, and prospects, as well as the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors. The Company did not recognize any impairment loss in 2022 or 2021.

Business Combinations

Acquisitions of subsidiaries are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of acquisition) of assets transferred and liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Company. Acquisition-related costs are recognized in the statements of operations in the period which they are incurred. Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments. All other subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability are accounted for in accordance with relevant guidance consistent with ASC 805, Business Combinations. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Company will report provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period, or additional assets or liabilities are recognized, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognized as of that date. The
69


measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Company obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and does not exceed twelve months.

The business combination was accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting, and the financial statements of the combined entity represent the continuation of the financial statements of Legacy SpringBig in many respects. Under this method of accounting, Tuatara was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, Legacy SpringBig was deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction was treated as a recapitalization of Legacy SpringBig (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by Tuatara for stock of Legacy SpringBig). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of Legacy SpringBig became the historical financial statements of the combined company, and Tuatara’s assets, liabilities and results of operations were consolidated with Legacy SpringBig beginning on the acquisition date. Operations prior to the business combination are presented as those of Legacy SpringBig. The net assets of Tuatara were recognized at historical cost (which are consistent with carrying value), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

Intangible Assets

We account for intangible assets under ASC 350, Goodwill and Other. Intangible assets represent software acquired in the acquisition of Beaches Development Group. The amount is recorded at fair value on the date of the acquisition and amortized over its useful life of 3 years, using the straight-line method. The amount for intangible assets is included in property and equipment on the balance sheets.

Contract Liabilities (Deferred Revenue)

The Company records contract liabilities when cash payments are received in advance of performance obligations being performed for initial start-up fees and payments received in advance of credits utilized. The Company expects to recognize these contract liabilities in the following period when it transfers its services and, therefore, satisfies its performance obligation to the customers.

Revenue Recognition

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted, using the full retrospective method, the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation, and disclosure of revenue in financial statements. ASC 606 outlines the basic criteria that must be met to recognize revenue and provides guidance for disclosure related to revenue recognition policies. The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. We report revenue net of sales and other taxes collected from customers to be remitted to government authorities.

For a standard contract, the Company works with a customer to provide access to an integrated platform that provides all the functions of its proprietary software, which utilizes proprietary technology to send text or email messages to the customer’s contacts based on a credit system. Through this software, the Company allows merchants to provide loyalty plans and rewards directly to consumers through an internet portal and mobile applications. The functions of the software themselves do not have individual value to the customer. Each customer is buying the license to the platform to receive all the benefits of the platform. Therefore, the Company’s single performance obligation is to provide customers the ability to use its proprietary software application that provides marketing and customer engagement services to cannabis dispensaries throughout the United States.

Nature of Promises to Transfer - The services provided by the Company’s software are subscription based for its retail and brand customers as follows:

Retail customers - the Company provides its retail customer access to the software for an initial contract that is initially for a term of one year, with automatic annual renewals. Revenue is earned monthly, which consists of the contracted monthly fixed fee for software access and a specified volume of messaging credits plus, if any, optional purchases for additional credits.

70


Brand customers – a customer can purchase use of the Company’s software, which includes a certain amount of messaging credits to be utilized over a specified period of time. The Company recognizes revenue monthly based on the credits used each month which depicts the best transfer of control.

Set up fees – the Company recognizes revenue from a onetime set up fee which is charged to customers prior to going live. The amount is treated as deferred revenue and amortized over the life of the contract which is normally one year.

In no case does the Company act as an agent, i.e., the Company does not provide a service of arranging for another party to transfer goods or services to the customer.

Timing of Satisfaction - Control of services is transferred during a subscription period. Services provided by the Company are performed over time on a monthly basis for retail customers or over a designated prepaid contract term generally from six to twelve months from brand customers.

Allocating the Transaction Price - The transaction price of a subscription is the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised services to a customer. Transaction prices do not include amounts collected on behalf of third parties (e.g., sales taxes).

To determine the transaction price of a contract, the Company considers its customary business practices as well as the terms of the contract. For the purpose of determining transaction prices, the Company assumes that the services will be transferred to the customer as promised in accordance with existing contracts and that the contracts will not be cancelled, renewed, or modified.

The Company’s contracts with customers have fixed transaction prices that are denominated in U.S. and CAD dollars. Consideration paid for services that customers purchase from the Company is nonrefundable. Therefore, at the time revenue is recognized, the Company does not estimate expected refunds for services. Customer discounts are netted against revenue and are recognized as incurred.

For both retail and brand contracts, there is only one performance obligation for the standard contract. As such, the transaction price is allocated entirely to that obligation.

Practical Expedients - The Company has adopted certain practical expedients with significant items disclosed herein. The Company has elected to apply the portfolio approach practical expedient to evaluate contracts with customers that share the same revenue recognition patterns as the result of evaluating them as a group will have substantially the same result as evaluating them individually.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues principally consists of amounts payable to distributors of messages on behalf of customers across cellular networks and the cost of third-party data and integrations.

Selling, Servicing and Marketing Expenses

Selling, servicing and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, commissions and travel for our sales team, client success and marketing team. Other costs included in this expense are marketing and promotional events. Advertising costs are charged to marketing expense as incurred. Advertising costs were $174,000 and $96,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Technology and Software Development

Technology and software development expense consist primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and cost of server usage by our developers.



71


General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs for our executive, finance, legal, human resources, and administrative personnel, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, legal, accounting, other professional service fees and other corporate expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, addresses accounting for share-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock, performance shares and warrants. Stock-based compensation for stock options to employees and non-employees is based upon the fair value of the award on the date of grant. We record forfeitures as they occur. The compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, and is included hereinin general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The expected life represents the term the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility was determined using the historical volatility of similar publicly traded companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant.

Earnings Per Share

The Company computes net income per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. Under the provisions of ASC 260, basic net income per share is computed by reference.dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share adjusts basic net income per share for the effects of stock options, warrants, convertible notes and restricted stock awards only in periods, or for such awards in which the effect is dilutive. ASC 260 also requires the Company to present basic and diluted earnings per share information separately for each class of equity instruments that participate in any income distribution with primary equity instruments.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.Income Taxes

We record current income taxes based on our estimates of current taxable income and provide for deferred income taxes to reflect estimated future income tax payments and receipts. We are subject to federal income taxes as well as state taxes. In addition, we are subject to taxes in the foreign jurisdictions where we operate.

The Company records a deferred tax asset or liability based on the difference between financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured by the anticipated tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized. The Company adopted ASU 2016-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The guidance requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability.

The Company has evaluated its tax positions for any uncertainties based on the technical merits of the positions taken. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by taxing authorities. The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken and has concluded that as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there are no uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, that would require recognition of a liability or disclosure in the financial statements.

Effective Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. This update is effective
72


beginning after December 15, 2021. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2022.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The ASU enhances and simplifies various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance in ASC 740, including requirements related to the following: (1) hybrid tax regimes; (2) tax basis step-up in goodwill obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination; (3) separate financial statements of entities not subject to tax; (4) intra-period tax allocation exception to the incremental approach; (5) ownership changes in investments; (6) interim-period accounting for enacted changes in tax law; and (7) year-to-date loss limitation in interim-period tax accounting. The amendments in ASU 2019-12 are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein. This update is effective beginning after December 15, 2021. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2022.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815. The amendments in this update clarify certain interactions between the guidance to account for certain equity securities. This update is effective beginning after December 15, 2021. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2022.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. Under ASU 2020-06, embedded conversion features are no longer separated from the host contract for convertible instruments with conversion features that are not required to be accounted for as derivatives, or that do not result in substantial premiums accounted for as paid-in capital. The convertible debt instruments will now be accounted for as a single liability measured at amortized cost. This results in the interest expense recognized for convertible debt instruments to be closer to the coupon interest rate. The new guidance also requires the if-converted method to be applied for all convertible instruments when calculating earnings per share. This update is effective beginning after December 15, 2021. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2022.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). FASB issued ASU 2016-02 to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Certain qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required, as well as a retrospective recognition and measurement of impacted leases. In June 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842): Deferral of the Effective Dates for Certain Entities, which deferred the effective date of ASU 2016-02 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. In July 2021, the FASB released Update No. 2021-05 Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments. The amendments in this update affect lessors with lease contracts that (1) have variable lease payments that do not depend on a reference index or a rate and (2) would have resulted in the recognition of a selling loss at lease commencement if classified as sales-type or direct financing. The amendments in this update amend Topic 842. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, for all entities, and interim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, for all other entities.

The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2022. As such, we determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company recognizes a right-of-use (ROU) asset and a lease liability for operating and finance leases by recognizing and measuring leases at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company does not have any sales-type leases, for which the book value of the leased asset would be removed from the balance sheet and a net investment in sales-type lease would be recognized based on fixed payments under the contract and the residual value of the asset being leased. The Company has elected not to apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases and not to separate nonlease components from associated lease components for all classes of underlying assets. ROU assets are included in non-current assets and lease liabilities are included in current and non-current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease expense is included in general and administrative expense on SpringBig’s consolidated statements of operations.


73


Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, to revise the criteria for the measurement, recognition, and reporting of credit losses on financial instruments to be recognized when expected. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842), which deferred the effective date of ASU 2016-13 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on our financial condition and results of operations.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08 - Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this update require that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606. At the acquisition date, an acquirer should account for the related revenue contracts in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had originated the contracts. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity that early adopts in an interim period should apply the amendments (1) retrospectively to all business combinations for which the acquisition date occurs on or after the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the interim period of early application and (2) prospectively to all business combinations that occur on or after the date of initial application. Management is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on our financial condition and results of operations.

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Accounts receivable$3,639 $2,536 
Unbilled receivables731 806 
Total receivables4,370 3,342 
Less allowance for doubtful accounts(1,481)(297)
Accounts receivable, net$2,889 $3,045 

Bad debt expense was $1.5 million and $216,000 for the years ending December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
NOTE 4 – PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
20222021
Prepaid insurance$834 $15 
Other prepaid expenses582 828 
Deposits89 84 
$1,505 $927 



74



NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Computer equipment$333 $225 
Furniture & Fixtures15 — 
Data warehouse286 256 
Software197 196 
Total Cost831677
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(456)(197)
Property and Equipment$375 $480 
The useful life of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and the data warehouse is 3 years.

Depreciation and amortization expenses for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $259,000 and $173,000, respectively. The amounts are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 6 – CONVERTIBLE NOTE RECEIVABLE

In April 2022, the Company purchased $250,000 in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory note due April 1, 2026 (the “Convertible Note Receivable”).

The Convertible Note Receivable accrues interest at the rate of 5% per annum on the principal amount of the Convertible Note Receivable. The issuer may not prepay the note prior to its maturity date without the consent of the Company. The Convertible Note Receivable is convertible into common stock of the issuer, and the conversion price is based on the occurrence of certain actions by the issuer.

The Company earned $9,000 in interest income on the Convertible Note Receivable for the year ended December 31, 2022.

NOTE 7 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Accrued wages, commission and bonus$1,145 $805 
Accrued professional fees148 155 
Other liabilities261 959 
Financial advisory fees payable1,000 — 
$2,554 $1,919 




75


NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company incurred software development and information technology related costs to a vendor related through common ownership to a major stockholder of approximately $153,000 and $408,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These amounts are included in technology and software development expenses. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company has recorded $3,000 and $4,000, respectively, in accounts payable related to this related party vendor.

NOTE 9 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Reverse Merger

The business combination between Tuatara and Legacy SpringBig was consummated on June 14, 2022. Holders of an aggregate of 19,123,806 Class A ordinary shares of Tuatara sold in its initial public offering properly exercised their right to have such shares redeemed for a full pro rata portion of the trust account holding the proceeds from Tuatara’s IPO, which was approximately $10.01 per share, or $191,437,817 in the aggregate. The holders that did not elect to have their shares redeemed, received, following the domestication, additional shares of common stock which amounted to 876,194 shares of common stock, resulting in total shares of 1,752,388.

Beginning June 15, 2022, the ticker symbols for TCAC’s common stock and warrants were changed to “SBIG” and “SBIGW,” respectively, and commenced trading on The Nasdaq Global Market.The Company received net proceeds of $18.8 million, with gross proceeds of $25.1 million, in addition to the $7.0 million Convertible Notes which were issued in February 2022 and were converted into common stock at the Closing, see Note 10, 15% Convertible Promissory Notes, to these consolidated financial statements for further information. Of the amounts received, approximately $8.8 million represents remaining funds for unredeemed shares from the TCAC trust; $6.1 million from PIPE Financing proceeds and $10.0 million from the Secured Convertible Note. On consummation of the Business Combination, Legacy SpringBig options were converted into options of SpringBig as disclosed in Note 16.

On April 29, 2022, the Company entered into the Stock Purchase Agreement with Cantor, which was subsequently amended on July 20, 2022. The Company, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to issue and sell to Cantor, and Cantor shall purchase from the Company, up to $50.0 million of common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to certain terms and conditions. During the three months ended September 30, 2022, the Company issued 877,193 shares to satisfy a $1.5 million commitment fee for the Cantor Equity Facility.

The following table provides a summary of the significant sources and uses of cash related to the closing of the business combination on June 14, 2022, (in thousands):

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.
Amount available after paying TCAC redeeming stockholders$8,771 
Proceeds from convertible notes10,000 
Proceeds from PIPE Financing6,100 
TCAC operating account264 
Gross proceeds available at closing25,135 
Expenses paid at closing(6,346)
Net cash to Legacy SpringBig at closing$18,789 
Post closing expense (cash paid or accrued for expenses by Legacy SpringBig)(8,679)
Net cash after closing$10,110 

Evaluation



76


The following table provides a reconciliation of Disclosure Controlsthe common shares related to the business combination transaction:

TCAC non-redeeming shareholders1,752,388 
PIPE Investors1,341,356 
TCAC sponsor shareholders4,000,000 
Legacy SpringBig shareholders18,196,526 
Issued and outstanding25,290,270 

Of the 1,341,356 shares of common stock shown above, 730,493 shares were issued to holders of the Convertible Note (which was converted at Closing), representing repayment of principal of $7.0 million and Proceduresoutstanding interest of $305,000, in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Notes. See Note 10, 15% Convertible Promissory Note, to these consolidated financial statements for further information.

Disclosure controlsAcquisition of Beaches Development Group Ltd

In January 2021, Legacy SpringBig formed Medici Canada LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, to acquire all the issued and procedures are designedoutstanding capital stock of Beaches Development Group LTD, an Ontario corporation, pursuant to ensure that information requireda stock purchase agreement.

The fair value of the consideration paid in connection with this transaction was satisfied through the issuance of 107,296 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (180,972 converted at a conversion rate of 0.59289 into SpringBig Holdings, Inc. shares), valued at $135,000 plus cash consideration of $155,000.

The purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

Fair value of shares$135 
Less: Post combination cost - restricted shares(85)
Fair value of net shares50 
Cash consideration132 
Indemnity holdback23 
Fair value of purchase consideration$205 
Assets assumed$
Goodwill— 
Intangibles (Software)196 
Fair value of assets$205 

Of the 107,296 shares, 39,762 shares with a value of approximately $50,000 were issued to the sellers at the closing of the transaction. Two of the sellers signed employment contracts with Beaches Development Group LTD; 67,535 shares were allocated to them as purchase consideration with a value of $85,000 and were unvested as of the closing date of the acquisition (the “acquisition date”). Such unvested shares were scheduled to vest, over a two-year period, with 50% in the first year and the remaining 50% in the second year following the acquisition date. As a result, the shares were treated as post-combination expense and were restricted at the time of issuance. All unvested shares were subsequently vested with the consummation of the business combination on June 14, 2022.

Approximately $23,000 of the cash price was initially withheld as an indemnity holdback to offset any losses payable by the Company for a period of 12 months, any remaining indemnity to be disclosed by us in our Exchange Act reportsreleased to the seller’s representative.The indemnity holdback was paid to the seller during the year ended December 31, 2022.

77


Medici Canada LLC assumed cash totaling $9,000; this was the only tangible asset assumed at purchase, no liabilities assumed. The purchase price was allocated to the cash assumed with the excess of $196,000 allocated to software intangible assets and is recorded, processed, summarized,included under property and reported within the time periods specifiedequipment in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and proceduresCompany’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. BasedThe Company adopted a cost to replace valuation approach in ascertaining the value of the software.

Software intangible assets are being amortized over a three-year period. The Company incurred amortization expense of approximately $65,000 and $60,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, which is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operation. The aggregate remaining amortization expense is approximately $71,000.

NOTE 10 – 15% CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES

In February 2022, the Company issued $7.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes due September 30, 2022 (the “Convertible Notes”).

The Convertible Notes accrued interest at the rate of 15% per annum on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officerthe principal amount of the Convertible Notes, due and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures werepayable at the maturity date of September 30, 2022 (the “Maturity Date”), if not effective, due solelyconverted prior to the maturity date. Under the terms of such notes, the conversion of the Convertible Notes could be triggered by the closing of the business combination between Tuatara and Legacy SpringBig, the occurrence of the stated maturity date, or in connection with certain equity issuances. The Convertible Notes contained customary events of default such as failures to observe or perform any covenants, obligation, condition or agreement contained in the Convertible Notes and commencement of bankruptcy.

In connection with the consummation of the business combination, the Convertible Notes and outstanding accrued interest converted in full into 730,493 shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share, representing repayment of principal of $7.0 million and outstanding interest of $305,000, in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Notes.

NOTE 11 – SENIOR SECURED CONVERTIBLE NOTES

In connection with the business combination, on June 14, 2022, the Company issued $11.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Original Issue Discount Convertible Note, due June 14, 2024 (the “Secured Convertible Notes”), issued at a discount of $1.0 million, with proceeds of $10.0 million received on the Closing Date. The Secured Convertible Notes accrue interest at the rate of 6.0% per annum which is payable in cash quarterly in arrears through June 2024. The principal is payable in equal amounts monthly through June 2024 beginning six months after the issuance of the Secured Convertible Notes. The Company may, at its option, satisfy each principal payment either in cash or, if certain conditions set forth in the Secured Convertible Notes are met, by issuing a number of shares of common stock equal to the amount due on such date divided by the lower of (i) the number of shares determined based on at a rate of $12.00 per share or (ii) 93% of the volume-weighted average price prior to such monthly payment date.

A warrant representing 586,890 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Convertible Warrant”) with a fair value of $839,000 was also issued in a private placement with the purchaser party thereto. The Convertible Warrant is exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Warrants are classified as equity on SpringBig’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

The Company performed a Black-Scholes calculation as of June 14, 2022 to determine the fair value of the Convertible Warrant on such date using a stock price of $4.28, a strike price of $12.00, a risk free rate of 3.61%, annualized volatilty of 65%, and a time to maturity of five years. It was determined that the fair value of the Convertible Warrant on June 14, 2022 was approximately $839,000 as compared to the previously reported fair value of $147,000. Accordingly, SpringBig recorded an adjustment of approximately $692,000 to reduce the carrying value of the L1 Note and increase additional paid-in capital as of June 14, 2022.


78


Below is a summary of the impact of the revision for the two quarters ended June 30 and September 30, 2022, respectively.

QUARTER ENDING
June 30,June 30,
20222022
As reportedAdjustmentRevised
Current maturities of long-term debt$— $— $— 
Notes payable9,843 (692)9,151 
Carrying amount$9,843 $(692)$9,151 
Additional paid-in capital$21,825 $692 $22,517 

QUARTER ENDING
September 30,September 30,
20222022
As reportedAdjustmentRevised
Current maturities of long-term debt$4,999 $— $4,999 
Notes payable5,000 (692)4,308 
Carrying amount$9,999 $(692)$9,307 
Additional paid-in capital$21,855 $692 $22,547 

The Secured Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the holder beginning at the earlier of (i) the date of effectiveness of a registration statement as contemplated in that certain Registration Rights Agreement entered into between the Company and the purchaser party thereto or (ii) June 14, 2023 at an initial conversion share price of $12.00 per share.

The Secured Convertible Notes are secured against substantially all the assets of the Company and each material weaknesssubsidiary, including Legacy SpringBig.

The Secured Convertible Notes include restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; incur liens or allow mortgages or other encumbrances; prepay, redeem, or repurchase certain other debt; pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock; sell assets or enter into or effect certain other transactions (including a reorganization, consolidation, dissolution or similar transaction or selling, leasing, licensing, transferring or otherwise disposing of assets of the Company or its subsidiaries); issue additional equity (outside of the equity facility with Cantor, issuances under our equity compensation plan and other limited exceptions); enter into variable rate transactions (exclusive of the equity facility with Cantor); and adopt certain amendments to our governing documents, among other restrictions. The Secured Convertible Notes also contain customary events of default.

At December 31, 2022, the outstanding principal of the Secured Convertible Notes was $9.8 million with a carrying value of $8.3 million, net of discount of $1.5 million.

The Company recorded $356,000 and $0 of interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.




79


NOTE 12 – PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM

The Company received $781,000 from a Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan on May 1, 2020, through the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) that was made available under the CARES Act in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. On August 11, 2021, the Company received full forgiveness for the PPP loan. The income from forgiveness is included on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

NOTE 13 – WARRANT LIABILITIES

Prior to the business combination, at the time of their initial public offering, TCAC issued warrants to purchase 10,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at a price of $11.50 per share, for aggregate consideration of $10.0 million as part of the units offered by the prospectus and, simultaneously with the closing of their initial public offering, issued in a private placement an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants for aggregate consideration of $6.0 million, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share.

The Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, under which the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and hence are recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our internal controlstatement of operations.

At December 31, 2022, the estimated fair value of the warrants is $0.3 million.

The Company recorded a change in fair value gain of approximately $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This amount is included in the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The fair value is determined in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. See Note 19, Fair Value Measurements, to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information.

NOTE 14 – REVENUE RECOGNITION

Effective January 1, 2022 the Company corrected the classification of credits given to customers to report the credits as a reduction of revenue.

Below is a summary of the impact of the revision for the previous year.

December 31,December 31,
20212021
As reportedAdjustmentRevised
Revenues$24,024 $(662)$23,362 
Cost of revenues(6,929)662 (6,267)
Gross profit$17,095 $— $17,095 












80


Below is a summary of the impact of the revision for the three quarters ended March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2022, respectively.

QUARTER ENDING
March 31,March 31,
20222022
As reportedAdjustmentRevised
Revenues$6,364 $(191)$6,173 
Cost of revenues(1,843)191 (1,652)
Gross profit$4,521 $— $4,521 

QUARTER ENDINGYEAR TO DATE
June 30,June 30,June 30,June 30,
2022202220222022
As reportedAdjustmentRevisedAs reportedAdjustmentRevised
Revenues$6,584 $(130)$6,454 $12,948 $(321)$12,627 
Cost of revenues(1,998)130 (1,868)(3,841)321 (3,520)
Gross profit$4,586 $— $4,586 $9,107 $— $9,107 

QUARTER ENDINGYEAR TO DATE
September 30,September 30,September 30,September 30,
2022202220222022
As reportedAdjustmentRevisedAs reportedAdjustmentRevised
Revenues$7,456 $(223)$7,233 $20,404 $(544)$19,860 
Cost of revenues(1,912)223 (1,689)(5,754)544 (5,210)
Gross profit$5,544 $— $5,544 $14,650 $— $14,650 

The following table represents our revenues disaggregated by type (in thousands):

Year ended December 31,
20222021
Revenue
Brand revenue$940 $654 
Retail revenue25,689 22,708 
Total Revenue$26,629 $23,362 









81


Geographic Information

Revenue by geographical region consist of the following (in thousands):

Year ended December 31,
20222021
Brand revenue
United States$936 $654 
Canada— 
Retail revenue
United States25,075 22,518 
Canada614 190 
$26,629 $23,362 

Revenues by geography are generally based on the country of the Company’s contracting entity. Total United States revenue was approximately 98% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 99% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021.

NOTE 15 – CONTRACT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Contract Assets (Deferred Cost)

Contract assets consisted of the following as of (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Deferred sales commissions$333 $364 

Contract liabilities consisted of the following as of (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Deferred retail revenues$277 $332 
Deferred brands revenues14 118 
Contract liabilities$291 $450 










82


The movement in the contract liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 comprised the following (in thousands):

Year ended December 31,
20222021
The movement in the contract liabilities during each period comprised the following:
Contract liabilities at start of the period$450 $560 
Amounts invoiced during the period18,310 13,512 
Less revenue recognized during the period(18,469)(13,622)
Contract liabilities at end of the period$291 $450 

NOTE 16 – STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

At the Special Meeting, in connection with the business combination, the Tuatara shareholders approved the SpringBig Holdings, Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2022 Incentive Plan”), which became effective upon the Closing.

The number of shares of our common stock initially reserved for issuance under the 2022 Incentive Plan was 1,525,175, which equaled the amount of shares of our common stock equal to 5% of the sum of (i) the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the Closing and (ii) the number of shares of our common stock underlying stock options issued under the SpringBig, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and restated) (the “Legacy Incentive Plan”) that were outstanding as of the Closing. Shares subject to stock awards granted under the 2022 Incentive Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2022 Incentive Plan.

Prior to the closing of the business combination, Legacy SpringBig maintained an equity incentive plan (the “Legacy Incentive Plan”), which was originally established effective December 1, 2017. The Legacy Incentive Plan permitted the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock unit awards to Legacy SpringBig and its affiliates’ employees, consultants and directors. SpringBig will not grant any additional awards under the Legacy Incentive Plan following the business combination.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, compensation expense recorded in connection with the Company’s incentive plans was $1.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively. These are included in general and administrative expense on the statements of operations.


















83


The following table summarizes information on stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2022 under the Legacy Incentive Plan:

Options OutstandingOptions Vested and Exercisable
Fixed OptionsNumber of OptionsWeighted Average Exercise Price (Per Share)Number of OptionsWeighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)Weighted Average Exercise Price (Per Share)
Outstanding Balance, January 1, 20226,802,437 $0.38 4,628,311 6.79$0.24 
Options granted— 
Options exercised(530,666)$0.55 
Options forfeited(61,460)$0.75 
Options cancelled(4,791)$0.75 
Outstanding Balance, June 14, 20226,205,520 
Conversion ratio0.5929 
SpringBig Holdings options3,679,171 
Options exercised(135,090)$0.30 
Options forfeited(149,328)$1.11 
Outstanding Balance, Dec. 31, 20223,394,753 $0.57 3,250,236 5.79$0.54 
The intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $3.4 million and $81,000, respectively.

With the consummation of the business combination, all outstanding options were vested with the exception of 192,689 options granted to certain executives of the Company. The cost associated with the early vesting was $0.9 million and is included in administrative expense on the statement of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value option grants and to determine the related compensation expense. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimations. The Company based its expected volatility based on the volatilities of certain publicly traded peer companies.

The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar expected life. The expected term of options granted was determined based on the expected holding period at the time of the grant. GAAP also requires that the Company recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options that are expected to vest.

On July 7, 2022, the Company issued 761,500 Restricted Stock Units to its employees, which were awarded when the price per share was $1.97. By December 31, 2022, 36,500 of the Restricted Stock Units had been forfeited by terminated employees. After forfeitures, the outstanding number of Restricted Stock Units at December 31, 2022 was 725,000. The Restricted Stock Units vest over financial reportinga 3 year period and have a weighted average remaining vesting term of 2.5 years. The compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2022 related to the Company’s accountingRestricted Stock Units was $246,000 and the remaining expense of approximately $1.2 million will be recognized in future periods.


NOTE 17 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain of its officers, Jeffrey Harris, CEO, and Paul Sykes, CFO, which became effective as of the Closing. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Harris will receive an annual salary of $450,000, will be eligible for complex financial instruments. As a result, we performed additional analysistarget cash incentive opportunity of up to 137.5% of his
84


annual base salary, and will be eligible to receive equity incentive awards under SpringBig’s long-term incentive plan as deemed necessaryin effect from time to ensure that our financial statements were preparedtime.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Sykes will receive an annual salary of $350,000, will be eligible for a target cash incentive opportunity of up to 100% of his annual base salary, and will be eligible to receive equity incentive awards under SpringBig’s long-term incentive plan as in effect from time to time.

In addition, the SpringBig board of directors awarded each of Mr. Harris and Mr. Sykes a one-time cash bonus in the amount of $300,000 and $250,000, respectively, which was awarded as of the Closing, the amount is included in administrative expenses on the statement of operations.

Litigation

The Company is from time to time involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business. In accordance with U.S. generally acceptedapplicable accounting principles. Accordingly, managementguidance, the Company records a provision for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Management believes that the financial statements included in this Form 10-K present fairly in all material respects ouroutcome of such legal proceedings, legal actions and claims will not have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 18 - LEASES

As discussed in Note 2, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) in February 2016 (“Lease Standard”). The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, for all entities, and cash flowsinterim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, for all other entities. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2022.

SpringBig elected to take the cumulative transition approach to accounting for the adoption of the Lease Standard. This approach requires entities to apply the ASC 842 requirements in the period presented.of adoption (i.e., assuming an adoption date of January 1, 2022, SpringBig’s comparative financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 would need to apply ASC 842 only for the year ended December 31, 2022). As of the adoption date of January 1, 2022, the Company recorded ROU assets of $1.1 million and lease liabilities of $1.1 million. A cumulative effect adjustment to equity of $31,000 was recorded as of the adoption date.

Management intendsThe Company leases office facilities in Boca Raton, Florida, Seattle, Washington and Ontario, Canada under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The leases require monthly payments ranging from $3,000 to implement remediation steps$42,000 and expire on various dates through November 2024. In addition to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we intendminimum rent, the Company is required to expand and improve our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We have improved this process by enhancing access to accounting literature, identificationpay a proportionate share of third-party professionals with whom to consult regarding complex accounting applications and considerationoperating expenses under these leases.

In June of additional staff2022, the Company entered into a lease with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals.

Management’s Reportcurrent landlord for the Company’s corporate headquarters under which the current leases will be replaced by the new lease on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Reporta single floor in the same building as the Company currently occupies. The new lease will commence on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rulesthe sooner of the SECday the Company takes occupancy or day of substantial completion of leasehold improvements. Neither of these events had taken place as of December 31, 2022. The new lease term is for newly public companies.98 months. Rental payments range from $38,000 to $48,000 over the life of the lease.

ChangesRent expense was approximately $846,000 and $644,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which is recorded in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have identified two material weaknesses in our internal controlsgeneral and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. Of the $846,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022, $515,000 related to the accounting for complex financial instruments, one affecting only the period ended March 31, 2021 and the second affecting (i) the audited balance sheet as of February 17, 2021, (ii) the period ended March 31, 2021 and (iii) the period ended June 30, 2021 ((i), (ii) and (iii) together, the “Affected Periods”).

First, we previously accounted for our outstanding public warrants and private placement warrants (collectively,operating leases under ASC 842 with the public warrants,remainder attributable to common area maintenance, taxes, and other charges.








85


As of December 31, 2022, the “warrants”) issuedfollowing amounts were presented on SpringBig’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with the Leasing Standard.

Year ended December 31,
2022
Balance Sheet
Assets:
Right of Use Asset - Operating Lease$750 
Liabilities
Current465 
Non-current316 
Total Operating Lease Liability$781 

For the year ending December 31, 2022, the Company’s operating lease cost was $0.5 million. Other information pertaining to capitalized assets and liabilities under the leasing standard is as follows.

Other information
Operating lease cost$515
Operating cash flows from operating leases$318
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities$150
Weighted-average remaining lease term — operating leases (months)20.4
Weighted-average discount rate — operating leases6%

As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s lease liabilities mature as follows:

Fiscal Year:Operating Leases
2023$500 
2024322 
Total lease payments822 
Less Imputed Interest(41)
Present value of lease liabilities$781 

NOTE 19 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with our initial public offering as components of equity instead of as derivative liabilities. On April 12, 2021, the Acting Directorsale of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountantassets or paid in connection with the transfer of the Securitiesliabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and Exchange Commission together issuedliabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities).

The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

86


Level 1: Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that are accessible at the reporting date. Because valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies. Following this issuancesignificant degree of this statement, our management further evaluated the Warrants under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 815-40, Contractsjudgment.

Level 2: Valuation is determined from pricing inputs that are other than quoted prices in Entity’s Own Equity. ASC Section 815-40-15 addresses equity versus liability treatment and classification of equity-linked financial instruments, including warrants, and statesactive markets that a warrant may be classifiedare either directly or indirectly observable as a component of equity only if, among other things, the warrant is indexed to the issuer’s common stock. Under ASC Section 815-40-15, a warrant is not indexed to the issuer’s common stock if the terms of the warrant require an adjustment to the exercise price upon a specified eventreporting date. Observable inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and such eventinterest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3: Valuation is not an inputbased on inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. Level 3 inputs include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the financial instrument. The inputs into the determination of fair value generally require significant management judgment or estimation. .

Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The balances of the warrant. BasedCompany’s liabilities measured at fair value on management’s evaluation, after consultation with our independent registered public accounting firm, our managementa recurring basis as of December 31, 2022, are as follows (in thousands):

Level 1Level 2Level 3Total Fair Value
Liabilities:
Public warrants338 — — 338 
$338 $— $— $338 

The following is a description of the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and our audit committee concluded that we should have classifiedwithin the fair value hierarchy.

Warrant liabilities

Prior to the business combination, TCAC issued warrants as derivative liabilities in our previously issued financial statement. As a result, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting for the period ended March 31, 2021.

Second, management determined that we had improperly valued ourto purchase 10,000,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption. We previously determined the Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption to be equal to the redemption valueat a price of $10.00$11.50 per Class A ordinarywhole share, while also taking into consideration that a redemption cannot result in net tangible assets being less than $5,000,001. Management determined that the public shares underlying the units issued during the initial public offering can be redeemed or become redeemable subject to the occurrence of future events considered outside the Company’s control. Therefore, management concluded that temporary equity should include all Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, resulting in the Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption being equal to their redemption value. As a result, on December 2, 2021, Tuatara’s audit committee concluded that the balance sheet and the financial statements for the Affected Periods, as applicable, should be restated to report all Class A ordinary shares issued as part of the units sold in Tuatara’soffered by the prospectus for their initial public offering as temporary equity rather than as permanent equity. In lightand, simultaneously with the closing of their initial public offering, issued in a private placement an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share.

The Company utilizes a fair value approach to account for its warrants based on the quoted price at December 31, 2022, and the calculation is consistent with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, with changes in fair value recorded in current earnings.

At December 31, 2022, the value of the restatementpublic and private warrants was approximately $0.3 million using a closing price of Tuatara’s financial statements$0.0211.













87


Changes in Fair Value

The following tables provides a roll-forward in the changes in fair value for these periods, our management and our audit committee concluded that we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and correctedthe year ended December 31, 2022, for all liabilities for which the Company determines fair value on a timely basis.recurring basis (in thousands):

Effective internal controls are necessary
Warrants
Balance, January 1, 2022$— 
Assumed in business combination at fair value4,496 
Change in fair value(4,158)
Balance, December 31, 2022$338 
Changes in fair value included in earnings for the period relating to liabilities held at December 31, 2022$(4,158)

During the year ended December 31, 2022, an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants issued for usaggregate consideration of $6.0 million in connection with the business combination were transferred from Level 2 to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. To address these material weaknesses, management has devoted, and plans to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understandingLevel 1 of the nuancesfair value hierarchy. These private placement warrants were not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the complex accounting standards that apply to our financial statements. We have provided enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. We have also expanded and improved our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We plan to further improve this process by considerationbusiness combination (i.e., until July 14, 2022). As of additional staff withSeptember 30, 2022, the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. To date, we have not incurred any significant costs with respect to our remediation plans, nor do we expect to incur any significant costs in connection therewith.

If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.
PART III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Directors and Executive Officers

Name
Age
Position
Albert Foreman          48Chief Executive Officer and Director
Mark Zittman          56Chief Operating Officer and Director
Sergey Sherman          51
Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey Bornstein          56
Director
Michael Finkelman          58
Director
Richard Taney          65
Director and Chairman
Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

Albert Foreman has served as a member of board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since our inception. Mr. Foreman has over 20 years of professional experience in private equity, corporate finance, financial technology and a broad range of transaction experience that includes the origination, structuring and execution of debt, equity and M&A transactions globally as both a principal and an agent. Mr. Foreman co-founded Tuatara Capital in 2014 and currently acts as Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer, in which roles he is responsible for formulating Tuatara’s macro-investment strategy and for the structuring and oversight of portfolio investments. Prior to co-founding Tuatara, Mr. ForemanCompany was a Managing Director at Highbridge Principal Strategies, LLC (“Highbridge”), an alternative investment management firm. Before Highbridge, he worked as a Managing Director in J.P. Morgan’s Financial Sponsors Group and he joined the bank as Managing Director and founding member of the management team for the J.P. Morgan Private Equity Fund Services business. Prior to his time at J.P. Morgan, Mr. Foreman was a financial technology executive at Vitech Systems Group and Virtual Growth Incorporated, and he began his career as a Management Associate in Citigroup’s Private Bank, where he co-founded Citibank’s Professional Sports Group. Academically, Mr. Foreman earned a B.S. in Finance from the University of Connecticut, a J.D. from the Sandra Day O’Connor College of Law at Arizona State University, and an MBA from Arizona State University’s W.P. Carey School of Business. We believe Mr. Foreman’s experience in private equity investing, transaction execution and the cannabis sector makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.
Mark Zittman has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Operating Officer since our inception. Mr. Zittman has over 35 years of professional experience with most of that time having been spent in structured finance and private investments. Mark's experience centered around 2 areas: sales, account management, structuring and execution of structured products in fixed income. Additionally he has spent the last 20 years Investing in private equity transactions which lead him to become a General Partner and co-founder of Tuatara Capital in 2014 (for which he recently became a senior advisor). For more than six years, he led the firm's fundraising activity, deal generation and driving the co-investment process,  as well as acting as the General Partners' representative on the Limited Partner Advisory Committee. Prior to co-founding Tuatara, Mr. Zittman spent over 15 years as Senior Managing Director in Guggenheim Partners Capital Markets Group, providing customized services to hedge funds, mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Before Guggenheim, Mr. Zittman spent three years at Greenwich Capital and specialized in structured products and other fixed income securities after working at Morgan Stanley in mortgage- and asset-backed securities and Kidder Peabody in their mortgage-backed securities sales department. Mr. Zittman began his Wall Street tenure at Merrill Lynch in their Fixed Income Futures and Options Group and prior to Wall Street, worked at Electronic Data Systems (“EDS”) in their Accounting and Financial Development training (AFD) program. At EDS, Mr. Zittman worked in a variety of finance and accounting roles in various locations in the United States and Europe after earning his B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Florida and an MBA in Finance and Marketing from Columbia Business School. We believe Mr. Zittman's experience in private investments and deal generation in the cannabis sector makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Sergey Sherman has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception. Mr. Sherman brings over 20 years of professional experience across investment banking and finance with expertise in private equity, mergers and acquisitions, leveraged finance and credit. Mr. Sherman joined Tuatara Capital in 2019 and as Managing Director - Investments is responsible for all aspects of the investment process including origination, transaction structuring, due diligence, financing and portfolio management. Prior to Tuatara, Mr. Sherman was a Managing Director at Société Générale’s investment banking group in the U.S. and was previously in the financial sponsors groups at RBC Capital Markets and J.P. Morgan. Prior to investment banking, he was an executive in the business development/mergers and acquisitions group at GE Capital. Mr. Sherman started his career as a nuclear submarine officer in the U.S. Navy. Mr. Sherman has a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Carnegie Mellon University and holds an MBA from The George Washington University.
Jeffrey Bornstein has served as a member of our board of directors since our initial public offering. Mr. Bornstein brings more than 30 yearsdays beyond the business combination and hence, the private placement warrants became marketable and Level 1.

Other Fair Value Considerations Carrying value of corporateaccounts receivables, contract assets, prepaid expenses and investing leadership rolesother assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to our board, includingtheir short-term maturities and/or low credit risk.

NOTE 20 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity reflect the reverse recapitalization on June 14, 2022, as Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer at GE. Mr. Bornstein is presently Managing Partner of Generation Capital Partners, a private investment fund that targets small and mid-sized companies, and Managing Partner of Whipstick Ventures, LLC, an advisory firm focused on investingdiscussed in and advising early stage companies. Prior Note 9, Business Combination, to serving as Vice Chairman and CFO of General Electric from 2013these consolidated financial statements. Because the Company was determined to 2017, Mr. Bornstein servedbe the accounting acquirer in various capacities throughout GE, including as SVP and CFO of GE Capital from 2009the transaction, all periods presented prior to 2013, SVP and CFO of GE Capital Commercial Finance from 2002 to 2008, CFO of GE Plastics from 2000 to 2002, CFO of GE Aircraft Engine Services from 1996 to 1999, Executive Audit Manager - GE Audit Staff from 1992 to 1996, and a participant of GE’s Financial Management Program from 1989 to 1992. Mr. Bornstein also currently serves as a director of several private companies including Adaptiiv Grow Technologies, Greene Lyon Group and Collegiate Sports Management Group. Mr. Bornstein graduated with a B.S. in Business from Northeastern University in 1989. We believe Mr. Bornstein’s experience in corporate and investing leadership roles makes him well qualified to serve as a director.
Michael Finkelmanhas served as a member of our board of directors since August 27, 2021. Mr. Finkelman  has been at Societe Generale as a Managing Director since 2006, serving in various leadership roles within the Americas, starting with the founding and developingconsummation of the Leverage Finance business.  In 2009, Mr. Finkelman assumed additional responsibility fortransaction reflect the Telecom, Media and Technology bankinghistorical activity and in 2018 was named headbalances of Legacy SpringBig, Inc. (other than common stock and potentially issuable shares underlying stock options which have been retroactively restated).

Immediately after giving effect to the business combination, the following equity securities of the newly-created Investment Banking Division, encompassing Leverage Finance, Debt Capital Markets, Equity Capital Markets, M&A,SpringBig, were issued and Acquisition Finance (includes corporate and ratings advisory).  Mr. Finkelman is also Chairmanoutstanding: (i) 5,752,388 shares of the Leverage Lending Committee, which has oversight responsibility for all leveraged lending in Societe Generale Americas, and is a member of the Executive Committee of the bank’s GLBA (Global Lending Banking Activity) Americas business.  PriorSpringBig, common stock issued to Societe Generale, Mr. Finkelman served as Managing Director within the Merchant Banking Group of BNP Paribas, having been a founding member of the activity when created in 1989 at BNP (the predecessor to BNP Paribas).  Prior to BNP Paribas, Mr. Finkelman worked within the Credit team, with a focus on leveraged financings, at Swiss Bank Corporation from 1986 to 1989 and before that, worked for MetLife Insurance Company as a Financial Analyst since 1985. Mr. Finkelman received his Bachelor of Science degree from SUNY at Albany in 1985 and his MBA from The Stern School of Business, New York University in 1991. We believe Mr. Finkelman’s experience in corporate and banking leadership roles makes him well qualified to serve as a director.

Richard Taney has been a member and the chairman of our board of directors since our inception. From 2017 to 2019 Mr. Taney was a Managing Director of Tuatara Capital and he currently is a senior advisor to the firm. From its founding in 2010 until 2016, Mr. Taney was the President, Chief Executive Officer and a board member of Curaleaf, Inc., which is a multi-state operator in the U.S. cannabis industry. Curaleaf, Inc. currently produces and/or dispenses cannabinoid-based products in twenty-three states. Since 2019, Mr. Taney has also served on the board of directors of Greenlane Holdings, Inc., a distributor of smoking accessories to the cannabis and tobacco industries. Richard earned a Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University and a Juris Doctor from the Temple University School of Law. Mr. Taney brings to our board of directors professional experience in public and private finance, executive management, operations and his expertise in the cannabis industry. We believe Mr. Taney’s experience in the cannabis sector and investing activities makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.
Number, Terms of Office and Election of Officers and Directors
Our board of directors consists of five members. Our board of directors is divided into two classes, with only one class of directors being appointed in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a two-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors will expire at our first annual general meeting. The term of office of the second class of directors will expire at our second annual general meeting. We may not hold an annual general meeting until after we consummate our initial business combination (unless required by Nasdaq). Subject to any other special rights applicable to the shareholders, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board or by a majority of the holders of ourTuatara Class A ordinary shares (or, prior to our initialand Tuatara Class B ordinary shares that automatically convert into Tuatara Class A ordinary shares upon the occurrence of the business combination holders of our founder shares).

Our officers are elected by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in ouraccordance with Tuatara’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amendedconsideration in the business combination (comprised of 1,752,388 Class A ordinary shares after giving effect to the redemptions and restated memorandumthe issuance of shares to public shareholders who did not elect to redeem their public shares and articles4,000,000 Class B ordinary shares that converted into common stock), (ii) 18,196,526 shares of association provides that our officers may consistSpringBig common stock issued to the stockholders of a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, a Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and such other officesSpringBig as may be determined byconsideration in the boardbusiness combination, (iii) 10,000,000 warrants to purchase shares of directors.

Director Independence
Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employeeSpringBig common stock issued to holders of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinionPublic Shares upon conversion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that each of Jeffrey Bornstein, Michael Finkelman and Richard Taney are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.
Officer and Director Compensation
None of our executive officers or directors have received or, priorwarrants to our initial business combination, will receive any cash compensation for services rendered to us. We pay our sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Our sponsor, officers and directors, or their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All compensation will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers after the completion of our initial business combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.
We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee in compliance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, a compensation committee and a nominating committee, each comprised of independent directors.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. Jeffrey Bornstein, Michael Finkelman and Richard Taney serve as members of our audit committee. Michael Finkelman serves as chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Michael Finkelman qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

The audit committee is responsible for:


assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;
the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;
reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
Compensation Committee
We have established a compensation committee of our board of directors. The members of our compensation committee are Jeffrey Bornstein, Michael Finkelman and Richard Taney. Jeffrey Bornstein serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer’s based on such evaluation;
reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive compensation and equity based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers;
reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;
implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;
assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;
approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;
producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.
The charter provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.
Nominating Committee
We have established a nominating committee of our board of directors. The members of our nominating committee are Jeffrey Bornstein, Michael Finkelman and Richard Taney. Richard Taney serves as chairman of the nominating committee.

We have adopted a nominating committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibilities of the nominating committee, including:
identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors, consistent with criteria approved by the board, and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for appointment at the annual general meeting or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;
developing and recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;
coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and
reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.
The charter also provides that the nominating committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and will be directly responsible for approving the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.
We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation4
None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance5
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of ourpurchase Tuatara Class A ordinary shares to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2021, there were no delinquent filers.
Code of Ethics
We adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website. Our Code of Ethics is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our Code of Ethics on our website.
Conflicts of Interest

All of our executive officers and certain of our directors have or may have fiduciary and contractual duties to certain companies in which they have invested. These entities may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing it. However, we do not expect these duties to present a significant conflict of interest with our search for an initial business combination.
Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)
duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

(ii)
duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;
(iii)
directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

4 NTD: To confirm.
5 NTD: To confirm.

(iv)
duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

(v)
duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and
(vi)
duty to exercise independent judgment.
In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care, which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge, skill and experience which that director has.
As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position at the expense of the company. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders; provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.
Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor these fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
Potential investors should also be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:
None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares if we fail to consummate our initial business combination by February 17, 2023. However, if our initial shareholders or any(each, a “New SpringBig Public Warrant”), (iv) 6,000,000 warrants to purchase shares of our officers, directors or affiliates acquire publicSpringBig common stock issued to Sponsor upon conversion of warrants to purchase Tuatara Class A Common Stock, and (v) 1,310,000 shares they will be entitledof SpringBig common stock issued to liquidating distributions fromprivate investors (the “PIPE Investors”) in the trust account with respectPIPE Financing, plus 31,356 shares paid to such public shares if we failcertain PIPE Investors pursuant to consummate our initialthe Convertible Notes.

Prior to the consummation of the business combination, within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceedscapital stock of the saleLegacy SpringBig consisted of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares,Series A, B and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders untilSeed preferred stock which was automatically convertible into common stock at the earlier of (1)a $50.0 million initial public offering or vote of 63% of majority of preferred stockholders. The conversation rate of all preferred stock was at a one year afterto one ratio to common stock. The preferred shares of stock were converted to SpringBig common stock at the completionClosing Date.



88


With the consummation of the business combination, Legacy SpringBig. issued and outstanding shares were converted into shares of SpringBig common stock as follows:

Legacy SpringBigConversion RateSpringBig
Series B Preferred4,585,202 0.592892,718,522 
Series A Preferred5,088,944 0.592893,017,184 
Series Seed Preferred6,911,715 0.592894,097,887 
Common Stock14,105,371 0.592898,362,933 
30,691,232 18,196,526 

Sponsor Escrow Agreement

At the time of the Closing, TCAC Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sponsor”), Tuatara and certain independent members of Tuatara’s board of directors entered into an escrow agreement (“Sponsor Escrow Agreement”), providing that (i) immediately following the Closing, Sponsor and certain of Tuatara’s board of directors’ independent directors shall deposit an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our initial business combination and (2) subsequentCommon Stock (such deposited shares, the “Sponsor Earnout Shares”) into escrow, (ii) the Sponsor Earnout Shares shall be released to our initial business combination, (x)the Sponsor if the last reported saleclosing price of our ordinary sharesCommon Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizationsand recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30) trading-day period ending at any time after the Closing Date and before the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, and (iii) the Sponsor Earnout Shares will be terminated and canceled by us if such condition is not met by the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

Contingent and Earnout Shares

The holders of Legacy SpringBig’s common stock and the like) for“engaged option holders” (employees or engaged consultants of Legacy SpringBig who held Legacy SpringBig options at the effective time of the business combination and who remains employed or engaged by Legacy SpringBig at the time of such payment of contingent shares) shall be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of such number of shares, fully paid and free and clear of all liens other than applicable federal and state securities law restrictions, as set forth below upon satisfaction of any 20of the following conditions:

a.7,000,000 contingent shares if the closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share on any twenty (20) trading days within any 30-tradingin a thirty (30)-trading day period commencing at least 150any time after the Closing Date and no later than 60 months following the Closing Date;

b.2,250,000 contingent shares if the closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading day period at any time after our initialthe Closing Date and no later than 60 months following the Closing Date; and

c.1,250,000 contingent shares if the closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading day period at any time after the Closing Date and no later than 60 months following the Closing Date.


With the consummation of the business combination, or (y) the date on which we consummateCompany’s authorized capital stock is 350,000,000 shares, consisting of 300,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with par value of 0.0001 per share.




89


NOTE 21 – NET LOSS PER SHARE

Given the consummation of the business combination, ASC 805, Business Combination states that the equity structure for the prior period of Legacy SpringBig (the accounting acquirer) is restated using the exchange ratio established in the acquisition agreement to reflect the number of shares of the accounting acquiree issued in the business combination.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were 26,659,711 and 17,862,108 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented, given that there are losses during the period, the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

The following table reconciles actual basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (in thousands, except share and per share data).

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Loss per share:
Numerator:
Net loss$(13,076)$(5,750)
Denominator
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted22,287,82817,771,960
Net loss per common share
Basic and diluted$(0.59)$(0.32)

The anti-dilutive securities excluded from the weighted-average shares used to calculate the diluted net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Shares unvested and subject to exercise of stock options144,517 4,628,311 
Shares subject to outstanding common stock options3,250,236 2,174,126 
Shares subject to convertible notes stock conversion816,667 — 
Shares subject to warrants stock conversion16,586,980 — 
Shares subject to contingent earn out10,500,000 — 
Restricted stock units725,000 — 

NOTE 22 – BENEFIT PLAN

The Company maintains a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization, or other similar transaction that results in allsafe harbor 401(k) retirement plan for the benefit of our shareholders havingits employees. The plan allows participants to make contributions subject to certain limitations. Company matching contributions were $502,000 and $239,000 for the right to exchange their ordinary sharesyears ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

90




NOTE 23 – INCOME TAXES

The provision (benefit) for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions,income taxes consist of the private placement warrantsfollowing, (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Current
Federal$— $— 
State
International
$$

U.S. and foreign components of loss from operations before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Loss from operations
U.S.$(11,825)$(4,979)
Foreign(1,248)(769)
$(13,073)$(5,748)

The Company’s actual provision (benefit) for income taxes from operations differ from the federal expected income tax provision as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
AmountRateAmountRate
U.S. federal income tax provision (benefit) at statutory rate$(2,754)21 %$(1,207)21 %
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
State income tax expense%— %
Foreign income and losses taxed at different rates(68)%(51)%
Change in valuation allowance4,122 (32)%1,620 (28)%
Paycheck protection program forgiveness— — %(165)%
Non-deductible or non-taxable items(1,302)%(194)%
Foreign income taxes— %— — %
Effect of income tax rate changes on deferred items— %(2)— %
Provision (benefit) for income taxes$— %$— %

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants,amounts used for income tax purposes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, Management evaluates whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be transferable, assignable or salablerealized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the
91


generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on Management’s evaluation, the net deferred tax asset was offset by our sponsor until 30 days aftera full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance will be reversed if and when the completionCompany generates sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize the tax benefits of our initial business combination. Since our sponsorthe related deferred tax assets.

The tax effects of temporary difference that give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and officerstax liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares and warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest2021 are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses and other liabilities$376 $76 
Net operating loss - US Federal5,556 2,562 
Net operating loss - US State1,188 594 
Net operating loss - Foreign575 246 
Property and equipment, net— 
Operating lease liability198 — 
Stock based compensation215 132 
Total gross deferred tax assets$8,116 $3,610 
Less: valuation allowance(7,506)(3,385)
Total deferred tax assets610 225 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other assets$(420)$(191)
Operating lease right of use asset(190)— 
Property and equipment, net— (34)
Total deferred tax liabilities(610)(225)
Net deferred income tax asset (liability)$— $— 

The Company has incurred significant losses in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.
Our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and asrecent periods. As a result, may cause themwe maintained valuation allowances against our domestic and foreign deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, to have conflictsreduce their carrying values to amounts that are realizable either through future reversals of interestexisting taxable temporary differences or through taxable income in determining whethercarryback years for the applicable jurisdictions.

At December 31, 2022, the Company has federal net operating loss available to proceed with a particular business combination.
Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respectapproximately $26.4 million which will be carried forward indefinitely. Pursuant to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.
The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.
Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:6
IndividualEntityEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
Albert Foreman
Tuatara Capital, L.P.
Private equity firm focused on cannabis and related health and wellness industries
Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer
GCH, Inc.
Specialized IP development company focused on cannabis brands
Member of Compensation Committee
Willow Biosciences Inc.
Biotech company focused on pharmaceutical products derived from cannabis
Member of Compensation Committee
Teewinot Life Sciences Corporation
Cannabinoid production company for consumer and pharmaceutical products
Chairman
Green Dot Labs
Cannabis cultivation and extraction company
Director
NS Holdings LLC
Investment firm
Director
The CanAscen Group
Distributor of recreational use marijuana in Canada
Director
Sumapaz Enterprises
Producer of medicant cannabis in Colombia
Director
Green Flower Media
Cannabis media and education company
Director
Hana Meds
Distributor of cannabis in Arizona
Director
The Parent Company
Retailer and producer of cannabis brands
Director
Mark Zittman
Tuatara Capital, L.P.
Private equity firm focused on cannabis and related health and wellness industries
Co-Founder, Senior advisor
GCH, Inc.
Specialized IP development company focused on cannabis brands
Director
Sergey Sherman
Tuatara Capital, L.P.
Private equity firm focused on cannabis and related health and wellness industries
Managing Director - Investments
Hana Meds
Distributor of cannabis in Arizona
Member of Compensation Committee
Jeffrey Bornstein
Generation Capital Partners
Private investment fund that targets small and mid-sized companies
Managing Partner
Whipstick Ventures LLC
Advisory firm focused on investing in and advising early stage companies
Managing Partner
AlloVir
Biotech company focused on T-cell immunotherapies
Director and Chair of the Audit Committee


6 NTD: TCAC/directors to confirm.
Adaptiiv Grow TechnologiesManufacturer of commercial growth systemsDirector
Collegiate Sports Management Group
Collegiate sports management company
Director
Greene Lyon Group
Company focused on precious metals recycling
Director
Northeastern University
University (not-for-profit)
Trustee
Richard Taney
Tuatara Capital, L.P.
Private equity firm focused on cannabis and related health and wellness industries
Senior advisor
Greenlane Holdings, Inc.
Distributor of smoking accessories to cannabis and tobacco industries
Lead Director, Chairman of Compensation Committee, Member of Audit and Corporate Governance Committees

Accordingly, if anyIRC §382 of the above officers or directors become awareInternal Revenue Code, the utilization of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary duties or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor his or her fiduciary duties or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity chooses not to pursue the opportunity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.
In addition, our sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with the initial business combination, although our sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our sponsor’s motivation to complete an initial business combination.
In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their founder shares (and their permitted transferees will agree) and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. Our directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provisionnet operating loss carryforwards may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.
We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors. We also intend to enter into indemnity agreements with them.
Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the futurelimited as a result of a cumulative change in stock ownership of more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has not determined whether such a change has occurred and accordingly, the utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to certain limitations.

The Company has state net and foreign operating loss available to carryforward of approximately $27.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, which begin expiring in 2030 and 2037, respectively, as of December 31, 2022.

The Company has evaluated its tax positions for any uncertainties based on the technical merits of the positions taken. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by taxing authorities. The Company has analyzed the tax positions
92


taken and has concluded that as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there are no uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, that would require recognition of a liability or disclosure in the financial statements.

The Company accrues interest and penalties arising outon the underpayment of taxes if the full benefit of a tax position is not recognized in the financial statements. In accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, interest and penalties are recorded as income tax expense. There have been no penalties or interest paid or incurred during the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Management is required to analyze all open tax years, as defined by the statute of limitations, for all major jurisdictions, including federal and certain state taxing authorities. As of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have a liability for any unrecognized taxes. The Company has no examinations in progress and is not aware of any services provided to us andtax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax liabilities will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if we (i) have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) consummate an initial business combination. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors and officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed thatsignificantly change in the opinion ofnext twelve months. The Company’s 2019 through 2021 tax years are open for examination for federal and state taxing authorities.


NOTE 24 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has considered subsequent events through March 28, 2023, the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Actdate this report was issued, and is therefore unenforceable.there were no events that required additional disclosure.

Item 11.Executive Compensation.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None
None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives as defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under theExchange Act. Management does not expect, however, that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

As discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we completed the business combination on June 14, 2022. Prior to the business combination, Legacy SpringBig was a private company and, therefore, its controls were not required to be designed or maintained in accordance with Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. The design and implementation of internal control over financial reporting for the Company post-business combination has required and will continue to require significant time and resources from management and other personnel. Because of this, the design and ongoing development of our officersframework for implementation and evaluation of internal control over financial reporting is in its preliminary stages. As a result, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort or directors have received or, priorexpense to our initial business combination, will receive any cash compensation for services rendered to us. We pay our sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review onconduct a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates.
After the completioncomprehensive assessment of our initial business combination, directors or membersinternal control over financial reporting as of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All compensation will be fully disclosedDecember 31, 2022. Accordingly, we are excluding management's report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directorsSection 215.02 of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers after the completionSEC Division of our initial businessCorporation Finance's Regulation S-K Compliance & Disclosure Interpretations.

Our management concluded that at December 31, 2022, we had a material weakness. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.
We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directorsof deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination.
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares available to us at March 9, 2022, with respect to our ordinary shares held by:
each person known by us to be the beneficial owner ofthere is more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;
each of our officers and directors; and
all our officers and directors as a group.
Unless otherwise indicated, we believereasonable possibility that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownershipa material misstatement of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of March 9, 2022.

  Class A Ordinary Shares  Class B Ordinary Shares(2)    
Name of Beneficial Owners(1) 
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  
Approximate
Percentage of
Class A Ordinary
Shares
  
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)
  
Approximate
Percentage of
Class B Ordinary
Shares
  
Approximate
Percentage of
Ordinary Shares
 
TCAC Sponsor, LLC(3)
  
   
   
4,870,000
   97.4%  19.5%
Albert Foreman  
   
   
   
   
 
Mark Zittman  
   
   
   
   
 
Sergey Sherman  
   
   
   
   
 
Jeffrey Bornstein(4)
  
   
   
40,000
   
*
   
*
 
Michael Finkelman  
   
   
40,000
   
*
   
*
 
Richard Taney  
   
   
50,000
   
*
   
*
 
All officers and directors as a group (6 individuals)  
   
   
130,000
   2.6%  
*
 


*
Less than one percent.
(1)
Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities and individuals is 655 Third Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(2)
Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the section entitled “Description of Securities.”

(3)
Our officers are the three managers of our sponsor’s board of managers. Any action by our sponsor with respect to our company or the founder shares, including voting and dispositive decisions, requires a majority vote of the managers of the board of managers. Under the so-called “rule of three,” because voting and dispositive decisions are made by a majority of our sponsor’s managers, none of the managers of our sponsor is deemed to be a beneficial owner of our sponsor’s securities, even those in which he holds a pecuniary interest. Accordingly, none of our executive officers is deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the founder shares held by our sponsor.

(4)
Shares held by Whipstick Ventures, LLC. Jeffrey Bornstein has a controlling interest in Whipstick Ventures, LLC and may be deemed to beneficially own these shares.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, and holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions.
Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5,000,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement that concurrently with our initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. If we do not complete our initial business combination by February 17, 2021, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are subject to the transfer restrictions described below. The private placement warrantsCompany's annual or interim financial statements will not be redeemable by us (except as described above adjacentprevented or detected on a timely basis. We concluded that we did not have accounting personnel with adequate expertise in GAAP to “Descriptionensure that complex material and/or non-routine transactions are properly reflected in our consolidated financial statements. We also noted that we did not perform adequate independent reviews and
93


maintain effective controls related to the preparation of Securities—Warrants—Redemptionconsolidated financial statements, related notes thereto, account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations.

Attestation Report of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00”) so long as they are held byRegistered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than our sponsor or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisableregistered public accounting firm due to an exemption provided by the holders on the same basis as the warrants includedJOBS Act for “emerging growth companies.”

Changes in the units. Otherwise, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units.Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our sponsor andThere were no changes in our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” asinternal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain Relationshipsin Rules 13a-15(f) and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for additional information regarding our relationships with our promoters.
Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants
The founder shares, private placement warrants and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in the letter agreement with us entered into by our initial shareholders. Those lock-up provisions provide that such securities are not transferable or salable (1) in the case15d-15(f) of the founder shares, untilExchange Act) during the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of4th quarter ended December 31, 2022, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transactioninternal control over financial reporting.


Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (2) in the case of the private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants, until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except in each case (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor, or any affiliates of our sponsor, (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person, or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased; (f) in the event of our liquidation prior to our completion of our initial business combination; (g) by virtue of the laws of Delaware or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement, as amended, upon dissolution of our sponsor; or (h) in the event of our completion of a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e) and (g) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.Prevent Inspections

Registration RightsNot applicable.

The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and any warrants that may be issued on conversion of working capital loans (and any ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the working capital loans and upon conversion of the founder shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed in connection with our initial public offering requiring us to register such securities for resale. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period, which occurs (1) in the case of the founder shares, on the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (2) in the case of the private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.


Equity Compensation Plans

PART III
As of December 31, 2021, we had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities were authorized for issuance.

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

In February 2020, our sponsor purchased 5,031,250 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or $0.006 per share. In February 2021, our sponsor transferred 50,000 founder shares to Mr. Taney, 40,000 founder shares to Mr. Bornstein and 40,000 founder shares to Aris Kekedjian for the same per share purchase price paid by our sponsor. On April 5, 2021, in connection with the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, our sponsor surrendered 31,250 founder shares. On May 18, 2021, Aris Kekedjian transferred 40,000 founder shares to our sponsor pursuant to the terms of his resignation from TCAC’s board of directors, and on August 27, 2021, the sponsor transferred 40,000 founder shares to Mr. Finkelman in connection with this appointment to TCAC’s board of directors. As such, our initial shareholders collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares as of our initial public offering.
In connection with our initial public offering, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 6,000,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Each private placement warrant may be exercised for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by it until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.
As more fully discussed in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance —Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary duties or contractual obligations, he or she mayGovernance.

The information required under this Item will be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of themcontained in the future may have, additional, fiduciary duties or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity.
We entered into an Administrative Services Agreement pursuant to which we pay our sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying any of these monthly fees. Accordingly, in the event the consummation of our initial business combination takes until February 17, 2023, our sponsor will be paid an aggregate of up to $240,000 ($10,000 per month) for office space, administrative and support services and will be entitled to be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses.
Our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.
Tuatara’s sponsor agreed to loan Tuatara up to $250,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be used for a portion of the expenses of its initial public offering. The loan was repaid upon completion of Tuatara’s initial public offering out of the $1,000,000 of offering proceeds that has been allocated for the payment of offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions) not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of the sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan our funds as may be required. Any such loans may be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of its initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor. The terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than its sponsor or an affiliate of its sponsor as it does not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with the company may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to its shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to its shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a general meeting held to consider our initial business combination as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans (if any), which is described under the heading “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters—Registration Rights.”
Related Party Policy

We have adopted a related party transaction policy, and the above transactions comply with the policy.

Our Code of Ethics requires that it avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our Code of Ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or any of their affiliates.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, has obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that the initial business combination is fair to us from a financial point of view.

Furthermore, no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments will be made by Tuatara to its sponsor, officers or directors, or its or any of their affiliates, for services rendered to Tuatara prior to or in connection with the completion of its initial business combination, other than the following payments:

Repayment of an aggregate of up to $250,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

Payment to our sponsor of up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services;

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination; and

Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

The above payments may be funded using the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not held in the trust account or, upon completion of the initial business combination, from any amounts remaining from the proceeds of the trust account released to us in connection therewith.

Director Independence
Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that each of Jeffrey Bornstein, Michael Finkelman, and Richard Taney are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, or Withum, acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, fees for our independent registered public accounting firm were approximately $100,000 and $41,000, respectively, for the services Withum performed in connection with our Initial Public Offering and the audit of our December 31, 2021 and 2020 financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Audit-Related Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements.

Tax Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm performed approximately $4,000 of tax services to us for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

All Other Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no fees billed for products and services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

PART IV
Item 15.Exhibits, Financialdefinitive Proxy Statement, Schedules

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(1)
Financial Statements:


Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Balance SheetF-3
Statement of OperationsF-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ EquityF-5
Statement of Cash FlowsF-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7

(2)
Financial Statement Schedules:
None.

(3)
Exhibits
We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference canreference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required under this Item will be inspected and copied atcontained in the public reference facilities maintaineddefinitive Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.reference.

Exhibit
No.
Description
Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Amended*
Warrant Agreement, dated February 11, 2021, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
A Letter Agreement, dated February 11, 2021, among the Company and its officers and directors and TCAC Sponsor, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated February 11, 2021, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 11, 2021, among the Company and certain security holders (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
Administrative Services Agreement, dated February 11, 2021, between the Company and TCAC Sponsor, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated February 11, 2021, between the Company and TCAC Sponsor, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2021)
Merger Agreement, dated November 8, 2021, by and among the Company, Merger Sub and SpringBig (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021)
74

Exhibit
No.
Description
Sponsor Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021)
Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021)
Form of Voting and Support Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021)
Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated January 26, 2021, issued to TCAC Sponsor, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-242484) filed with the SEC on January 27, 2021)
Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021)
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase


*
Filed herewith.
Item 16.Form 10-K Summary
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Not applicable.
The information required under this Item will be contained in the definitive Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required under this Item will be contained in the definitive Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required under this Item will be contained in the definitive Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

















SIGNATURES


Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Pursuant to the requirements
The following exhibits are filed as part of, Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly causedincorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K10-K.

Exhibit NumberExhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling DateSEC File #
2.1Proxy Statement / ProspectusAnnex AMay 17, 2022333-262628
3.1*Certificate of Incorporation of SpringBig Holdings, Inc.
3.2*By-Laws of SpringBig Holdings, Inc.
4.18-K4.1June 21, 2022001-40049
4.28-K4.2June 21, 2022001-40049
4.38-K/A10.1December 01, 2022001-40049
4.4*Description of Securities of SpringBig Holdings Inc.
4.58-K4.1February 17, 2021001-40049
10.18-K10.1June 21, 2022001-40049
10.28-K10.2June 21, 2022001-40049
10.38-K10.2November 09, 2021001-40049
10.48-K10.3May 02, 2022001-40049
10.58-K10.5June 21, 2022001-40049
10.6#8-K10.6June 21, 2022001-40049
10.7#8-K10.7June 21, 2022001-40049
10.8#8-K10.7June 21, 2022001-40049
10.9†8-K10.2May 02, 2022001-40049
10.108-K10.3May 02, 2022001-40049
10.11†S-110.11July 22, 2022333-266293
10.128-K/A10.1December 01, 2022001-40049
10.138-K10.1December 29, 2022001-40049
21.1*Subsidiaries of SpringBig Holdings, Inc.
23.1*Consent of Marcum LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of SpringBig Holdings, Inc.
24.1*Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1*Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
96


32.2**Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.18-K99.1June 21, 2022001-40049
99.2S-899.2August 22, 2022333-267011
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document[2]
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104*Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

*Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.
# Indicates a management or compensatory plan.
† Schedules to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 11, 2022.

Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation
By:
/s/ Albert Foreman
Name: Albert Foreman
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Pursuantthis exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Registration S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacity and on the dates indicated.Commission upon request.

NamePositionDate
/s/ Albert Foreman
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
March 11, 2022
Albert Foreman
/s/ Mark Zittman
Chief Operating Officer
March 11, 2022
Mark Zittman
/s/ Sergey Sherman
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
March 11, 2022
Sergey Sherman
/s/ Jeffrey Bornstein
Director
March 11, 2022
Jeffrey Bornstein
/s/ Michael Finkelman
Director
March 11, 2022
Michael Finkelman
/s/ Richard Taney
Director
March 11, 2022
Richard Taney
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from January 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from January 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs and complete a business combination  by February 17, 2023 then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The liquidity condition and date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York
March 11, 2022
PCAOB ID Number 100

TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEETS

  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
ASSETS      
Current assets      
Cash $621,472  $185,752 
Prepaid expenses  259,939   0 
Total Current Assets  881,411   185,752 
         
Deferred offering costs  0   417,083 
Investments held in Trust Account  200,035,810   0 
TOTAL ASSETS $200,917,221  $602,835 
         
LIABILITIES, CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $1,555,405  $0 
Accrued offering costs  108,000   332,899 
Promissory note – related party  0   250,000 
Total Current Liabilities  1,663,405   582,899 
         
Warrant Liabilities  9,440,000   0 
Deferred underwriting fee payable  7,000,000   0 
Total Liabilities  18,103,405   582,899 
         
Commitments and Contingencies  0   0 
         
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption 20,000,000 and 0 shares at $10.00 per share at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
  200,000,000   0 
         
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)        
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; NaN issued or outstanding
  0   0 
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized -0- shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020
  0   0 
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,000,000 and 5,031,250 (1) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
  500   503 
Additional paid-in capital  0   24,497 
Accumulated deficit  (17,186,684
)
  (5,064
)
Total Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)  (17,186,184)  19,936 
TOTAL LIABILITIES, CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) $200,917,221  $602,835 

(1)
Excludes an aggregate of up to 656,250 shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5). On January 26, 2021, the Sponsor returned 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to the Company, which were canceled, and on February 11, 2021 the Company effected a share capitalization pursuant to which an additional 718,750 Founder Shares were issued resulting in an aggregate of 5,031,250 Class B ordinary shares outstanding (see Note 5). All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share cancellation.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  
Year Ended
December 31,
2021
  
Period from January 24,
2020 (Inception) through
December 31, 2020
 
Operating and formation costs $2,035,074  $5,064 
Loss from operations  (2,035,074)  (5,064)
         
Other income (expense):        
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities  12,960,000   0 
Transaction costs allocated to warrant liabilities  (853,386
)
  0 
Compensation expense  (2,400,000
)
  0 
Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account  35,810   0 
Other income (expense), net  9,742,424   0 
         
Net income (loss) $7,707,350  $(5,064)
         
Basic weighted average shares outstanding, Class A ordinary shares  17,369,863   0 
         
Basic net income per share, Class A ordinary shares $0.35  $0 
         
Basic weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares  4,917,808   4,375,000 
         
Basic net income per share, Class B ordinary shares $0.35  $0 
         
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares  5,000,000   4,375,000 
         
Diluted net income per share, Class B ordinary shares $0.34  $0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
December 31, 2021

  Class B Ordinary Shares  
       

 Shares  Amount  
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  
Accumulated
Deficit
  
Total
Shareholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
Balance – January 24, 2020 (inception)
  0  $0  $0  $0  $0 
                     
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor  5,031,250   503   24,497   0   25,000 
                     
Net loss     0   0   (5,064
)
  (5,064
)
                     
Balance – December 31, 2020
  5,031,250   503   24,497   (5,064)  19,936 
                     
Forfeiture of Founder Shares  (31,250
)
  (3
)
  0   3   0 
                     
Accretion for Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount     0   (24,497
)
  (24,888,973
)
  (24,913,470
)
                     
Net income     0   0   7,707,350   7,707,350 
                     
Balance – December 31, 2021
  5,000,000  $500  $0  $(17,186,684) $(17,186,184)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  
Year Ended December 31, 2021
  
Period from January 24,
2020 (Inception) through
December 31, 2020
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:      
Net income (loss) $7,707,350  $(5,064
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:        
Formation cost paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of founder shares  0   5,000 
Interest earned on investments securities held in Trust Account  (35,810
)
  0 
Change in fair value of warrants  (12,960,000
)
  0 
Transaction costs allocated to warrants  853,386   0 
Compensation expense  2,400,000     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (259,939
)
  0 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  1,555,405   0 
Net cash used in operating activities  (739,608)  (64)
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:        
Investment of cash in Trust Account  (200,000,000
)
  0 
Net cash used in investing activities  (200,000,000)  0 
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor  196,000,000   25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Private Placements Warrants  6,000,000   0 
Proceeds from promissory note – related party  0   210,000 
Repayment of promissory note – related party  (250,000
)
  0 
Payment of offering costs  (574,672
)
  (49,184
)
Net cash provided by financing activities  201,175,328   185,816 
         
Net Change in Cash  435,720   185,752 
Cash – Beginning of period  185,752   0 
Cash – End of period $621,472  $185,752 
         
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:        
Offering costs included in accrued offering costs $108,000  $332,899 
Offering costs paid through promissory note $0  $35,000 
Deferred underwriting fee payable $7,000,000  $0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

TUATARA CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
December 31, 2021 and 2020

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS


Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 24, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with 1 or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).


While the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus its search for businesses in the cannabis industry that are compliant with all applicable laws and regulations within the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.


As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through December 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.


The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on February 11, 2021. On February 17, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 20,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the partial exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option in the amount of 2,500,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $200,000,000 which is described in Note 3.


Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 6,000,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to TCAC Sponsor, LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $6,000,000, which is described in Note 4.


Transaction costs amounted to $11,766,856, consisting of $4,000,000 in cash underwriting fees, $7,000,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $766,856 of other offering costs.


Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on February 17, 2021, an amount of $200,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), located in the United States and will be invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.


The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The rules of the stock exchange that the Company will list its securities on will require that the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with 1 or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully.


The Company will provide the holders of its issued and outstanding Public Shares (the “public shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to its tax obligations), calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of the Business Combination. The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.


The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required applicable by law or stock exchange listing requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, shareholder approval of the transactions is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, officers and directors (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed to vote any Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and Public Shares held by them in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a Business Combination.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.


The initial shareholders have agreed to waive: (i) their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination (and not seek to sell its shares to the Company in any tender offer the Company undertakes in connection with its initial Business Combination) and (ii) their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with its initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete its initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity.


The Company will have until February 17, 2023 to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.


The initial shareholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial shareholders acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per-share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).


In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (except for the Company’s the independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per Public Share or (ii) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity and Going Concern


The Company intends to complete a Business Combination by February 17, 2023. However, in the absence of a completed Business Combination, the Company may require additional capital. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, suspending the pursuit of a Business Combination. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.



In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” the Company has until February 17, 2023, to consummate a Business Combination. It is uncertain that the Company will be able to consummate a Business Combination by this time. If a Business Combination is not consummated by this date, there will be a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution of the Company. Management has determined that the liquidity condition and mandatory liquidation, should a Business Combination not occur, and potential subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after February 17, 2023.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation


The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company


The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.


Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates


The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.


Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liability. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents


The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did 0t have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Offering Costs


Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs are allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. Offering costs associated with warrant liabilities are expensed as incurred, presented as non-operating expenses in the statement of operations. Offering costs associated with the Class A ordinary shares issued were initially charged to temporary equity and then accreted to common stock subject to redemption upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounted to $11,766,856, of which $10,913,470 were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering and $853,386 were expensed to the statement of operations.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption


The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares is classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 there were 20,000,000 and 0, respectively, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity (deficit) section of the Company’s balance sheets.


The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable ordinary shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit.

At December 31, 2021, the Class A ordinary shares reflected in the balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds $200,000,000 
Less:    
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants 
(14,000,000
)
Class A ordinary shares issuance costs 
(10,913,470
)
Plus:    
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value 
24,913,470 
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption $200,000,000 

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statement of operations. The Private Warrants and Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model, specifically a binomial lattice. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date for both Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants.
Income Taxes


The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 0 unrecognized tax benefits and 0 amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.


The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share


The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. We have two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Accretion associated with the redeemable shares of Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.


The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share does not consider the effect of the warrants issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net loss per ordinary share and basic net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented are not the same and are separately stated.


The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

  
Year Ended
December 31,
2021
  
Period from January 24,
2020 (Inception) through
December 31, 2020
 
  Class A  Class B  Class A  Class B 
Basic net income (loss) per ordinary share            
Numerator:            
Allocation of net income (loss), as adjusted $6,006,712  $1,700,638  $0  $(5,064)
Denominator:                
Basic weighted average shares outstanding  17,369,863   4,917,808   0   4,375,000 
Basic net income per ordinary share $0.35  $0.35  $0  $0 
                 
Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share                
Numerator:                
Allocation of net income (loss), as adjusted $5,984,642  $1,722,708  $0  $(5,064)
Denominator:                
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding  17,369,863   5,000,000   0   4,375,000 
Diluted net income per ordinary share $0.34  $0.34  $0  $0 

Concentration of Credit Risk


Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments


The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature, except for the warrants (see Note 9).

Recently Accounting Standards


In August 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current U.S. GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas.  ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.  We are currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s condensed financial statements.

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING


Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 20,000,000 Units, which includes a partial exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option in the amount of 2,500,000 Units, at a price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of 1 Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1 Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT


Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 6,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000, in a private placement. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase 1 Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8). A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. Due to the excess of the fair value of the Private Placement warrants in excess of the purchase price, the Company recorded an expense of $2,400,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONSItem 16. Form 10-K Summary

Founder SharesNone.


On February 10, 2020, the Company issued 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 (the “Founder Shares”). On January 26, 2021, the Sponsor returned 1,437,500 Founder Shares to the Company, which were canceled, resulting in an aggregate of 4,312,500 Founder Shares outstanding. On February 3, 2021, the Sponsor transferred 50,000 Founder Shares to Mr. Taney, 40,000 Founder Shares to Mr. Bornstein and 40,000 Founder Shares to Mr. Kekedjian for the same per share purchase price paid by the Sponsor. On February 11, 2021, the Company effected a share capitalization pursuant to which an additional 718,750 Founder Shares were issued, resulting in an aggregate of 5,031,250 Founder Shares outstanding. On August 27, 2021 the Sponsor transferred 40,000 Founders Shares to Mr. Finkelman. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 656,250 shares that were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the number of Founder Shares would equal 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option and the expiration of the remaining over-allotment option, a total of 625,000 shares is no longer subject to forfeiture and 31,250 shares were forfeited, resulting in an aggregate of 5,000,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021.



The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of a Business Combination on a 1-for-one basis, subject to adjustments as described in Note 7.


The initial shareholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any Founder Shares they hold until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the completion of the Company’s Business Combination and (ii) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Company’s Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Services Agreement


The Company entered into an agreement, commencing on February 11, 2021, pursuant to which it will pay the Sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred $110,000 in fees for these services, of which such amount is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 2021.

Promissory Note — Related Party


On February 10, 2020, the Company issued the Promissory Note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $250,000, which was amended in January 2021. The Promissory Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) June 30, 2021 or (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Promissory Note balance of $250,000 was repaid on February 17, 2021.

Related Party Loans


In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (the “Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company may repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post- Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 0 amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Loans.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIESSIGNATURES

Risks and Uncertainties


Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Registration Rights


Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on February 11, 2021, the holdersrequirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversionSecurities Exchange Act of Working Capital Loans (and any ordinary shares issuable upon1934, the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreementregistrant has duly caused this report to be signed prioron its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


SpringBig Holdings, Inc.

By:/s/ Jeffrey Harris
Name:Jeffrey Harris
Title:Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date:March 28, 2023


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeffrey Harris and Paul Sykes, jointly and severally, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to orsign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the effective date of the Initial Public Offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to 3 demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rightssame, with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combinationexhibits thereto and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 underother documents in connection therewith, with the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement providesand Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Acteach of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to become effective until termination of the applicable lockup period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.be done by virtue hereof.



































Underwriting Agreement




The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 2,625,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise the over-allotment option, the underwriters’ purchased an additional 2,500,000 Units and forfeited their option to purchase an additional 125,000 Units.


The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Merger Agreement


On November 8, 2021, Tuatara Capital Acquisition Corporation (“TCAC”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among TCAC, HighJump Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and SpringBig, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SpringBig”).


The Merger Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on or prior to the closing date: (i) TCAC will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) TCAC’s name will be changed as mutually agreed to between the parties, (B) each then-issued and outstanding TCAC Class A Ordinary Share will convert automatically, on a 1-for-one basis, into 1 share of common stock of TCAC (the “New SpringBig Common Stock”), (C) each then-issued and outstanding TCAC Class B Ordinary Share will convert automatically, on a 1-for-one basis, into 1 share of New SpringBig Common Stock, and (D) each then-issued and outstanding common warrant of TCAC will convert automatically, on a 1-for-one basis, into a warrant to purchase 1 share of New SpringBig Common Stock; and (ii) following the Domestication, Merger Sub will merge with and into SpringBig, with SpringBig as the surviving company in the merger and, after giving effect to such merger, continuing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCAC (the “Merger”).


The Business Combination is expected to close in mid-2022, following the receipt of the required approval by TCAC’s shareholders, required regulatory approvals and the fulfillment of other customary closing conditions.


In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement, based on an implied equity value of $245 million, (i) each share of SpringBig common stock (other than dissenting shares) will be canceled and converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the merger consideration comprised of New SpringBig Common Stock, as determined in the Merger Agreement (the “Share Conversion Ratio”), and (ii) vested and unvested options of SpringBig outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will convert into comparable options that are exercisable for shares of New SpringBig Common Stock, with a value determined in accordance with the Share Conversion Ratio.



As part of the aggregate consideration payable to the SpringBig’s securityholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement, holders of SpringBig’s common stock (including those holders of converted preferred stock of SpringBig) and holders of options of SpringBig’s common stock will also have the right to receive their pro rata portion of up to an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock (“Contingent Shares”) if any of the following stock price conditions are met: (i) 5,500,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date; (ii) 2,250,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date; and (iii) 1,250,000 Contingent Shares if the closing price of the New SpringBig Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, and recapitalizations) on any twenty (20) trading days in a thirty (30)-trading-day period at any time after the closing date and by the third anniversary of the closing date.

PIPE Financing (Private Placement)


In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement, TCAC entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and TCAC agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the closing date, an aggregate of 1,310,000 shares of New SpringBig Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $13,100,000 (the “PIPE Financing”).

Advisory Service Agreement


On August 12, 2021 TCAC entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“CF&CO) to act as a capital markets advisor in connection with the proposed business combination (the “Business Combination”) with SpringBig, Inc. CF&CO acknowledges that the Company may engage additional advisors in the same capacity (together with CF&CO, the “Capital Markets Advisors”), provided that CF&CO will be the “lead” capital markets advisor and CF&CO shall not be responsible for the actions or inactions of any other capital markets advisor. In consideration of our services pursuant to this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay CF&CO a fee of $5,000,000 (the “Advisory Fee”) upon the consummation of the Business Combination (“Closing”). $2,000,000 of the Advisory Fee shall be payable in cash, and the remainder of the Advisory Fee (“Redemption Dependent Portion”) payable in cash and common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), with the portions of each to depend on the final amount of redemptions from the Company’s trust account established for the benefit of the Company’s public stockholders (the “Trust Account”) in connection with the Business Combination.


Subsequently to the Agreement, on February 1, 2022, TCAC entered into a second agreement (“Second Agreement”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“CF&CO) to receive one or more financing(s) through the private placement, offering or other sale of equity instruments in any form, including, without limitation, (i) equity instruments in any form, including, without limitation, preferred or common equity, or instruments convertible into preferred or common equity or other related forms of interests or capital of the Company in one or a series of transactions (an “Equity Financing”) and (ii) debt in any form, including, but not limited to, bank debt, high yield debt or mezzanine debt, notes, bonds, debentures or other debt securities, of the Company in one transaction or a series of transactions (a “Debt Financing” and any Equity Financing or Debt Financing, (a “Financing”), in the cases of (i) and (ii), in connection with the business combination contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and SpringBig, Inc., dated as of November 8, 2021 (the “Business Combination,” and such agreement, the “Merger Agreement”). The Company hereby engages CF&CO to act as the Company’s financial advisor, placement agent and arranger in connection with any Financing for the Business Combination. In consideration of our services pursuant to this Second Agreement, the Company agrees to pay CF&CO the following compensation:


(a)
Upon the closing of any Financing (which is contemplated to fund and close concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination), the Company shall pay to CF&CO a non-refundable cash fee equal to 4% of the aggregate maximum gross proceeds received or receivable in connection with such Financing, including, without limitation, aggregate amounts committed by investors to purchase securities, whether or not all securities are issued on the closing date of the Equity Financing.


(b)
In no event shall the aggregate amount of the fees payable to CF&CO pursuant to this section 3 be less than $1,500,000.


(c)
The fees payable pursuant to this section 3 shall be in addition to any other fees that the Company may be required to pay directly to any prospective investor to secure its financing commitment.


(d)
For the avoidance of doubt, if the structure of a Financing contemplates multiple issuances, financing availability that is contingent upon the occurrence of some future event or any other delayed consideration structure, such Financing shall be considered a single Financing, and not multiple Financings, and all fees payable pursuant to this section 3 for such Financing shall be payable in full on the closing date of such Financing.


(e)
All fees payable hereunder will be payable in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds to CF&CO for its own account, or as directed by it, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future applicable taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto (with appropriate gross-up for withholding taxes) and will not be subject to reduction by way of setoff or counterclaim. Once paid, no fee will be refundable under any circumstances.

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)


Preference Shares The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 0 preference shares issued or outstanding.


Class A Ordinary Shares The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares are entitled to 1 vote for each share. At December 31, 2021, there were 0 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption which are presented as temporary equity. At December 31, 2020, there were 0 Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.


Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law; provided that only holders of Class B ordinary shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the Company’s initial Business Combination and holders of a majority of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.


The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of a Business Combination on a 1-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (subject to waiver by holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares then in issue) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any private placement warrants issued to the Sponsor, an affiliate of the Sponsor or any of the Company’s officers or directors.


Class B Ordinary Shares The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 1 vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 5,000,000 and 5,031,250 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

NOTE 8. WARRANTS


At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 10,000,000 and 0 Public Warrants outstanding, respectively. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.


The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No Public Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption is available.


The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of the Company’s Business Combination, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to file with the SEC and have an effective registration statement covering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and the Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of a Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A ordinary shares are, at the time of any exercise of a warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1)requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do sofollowing persons on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9)behalf of the Securities Actregistrant and in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its reasonable best efforts to qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “ fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market valuecapacities and (B) 0.361 Class A shares per warrant. The “fair market value” as used in the preceding sentence shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.dates indicated.


Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $18.00—Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

in whole but not in part;
to each warrant holder; and
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before sending the notice of redemption to warrant holders (the “ Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Redeemable Warrants—Anti-dilution Adjustments”).


If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. However, the Company will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period.


Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00—Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):

in whole but not in part;
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “ fair market value” of the Class A ordinary shares;
if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined in the above adjacent to “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Redeemable Warrants—Anti-dilution Adjustments”); and
if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Redeemable Warrants—Anti-dilution Adjustments”) the private placement warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding public warrants, as described above.


The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.


In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”) and (y) the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices described above adjacent to “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00” and “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively.


At December 31, 2021, there were 6,000,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding and as of December 31, 2020, there were 0 private warrants outstanding. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that (x) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions, (y) the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable (except as described above) so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees and (z) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will be entitled to registration rights. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

F-17

NameTitleDate
/s/ Jeffrey Harris
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
March 28, 2023
Jeffrey Harris
/s/ Paul Sykes
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer)
March 28, 2023
Paul Sykes
/s/ Steven BernsteinDirectorMarch 28, 2023
Steven Bernstein
/s/ Patricia GlassfordDirectorMarch 28, 2023
Patricia Glassford
/s/ Amanda LannertDirectorMarch 28, 2023
Amanda Lannert
/s/ Phil SchwarzDirectorMarch 28, 2023
Phil Schwarz
/s/ Sergey ShermanDirectorMarch 28, 2023
Sergey Sherman
/s/ Jon TraubenDirectorMarch 28, 2023
Jon Trauben
99
NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:
Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:
Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.


At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised $200,035,810 and $0, respectively, in money market funds which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury securities. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company did 0t withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account.


The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description Level  
December
31,
2021
  
December
31,
2020
 
Assets:         
Investments held in Trust Account – U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund  
1
  
$
200,035,810
  
$
0
 
             
Liabilities:            
Warrant Liability – Public Warrants  
1
  
$
5,900,000
  
$
 
Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants  
2
  
$
3,540,000
  
$
0
 


The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the statement of operations.


The Private Placement Warrants were initially valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The Monte Carlo simulation model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants is the expected volatility of the ordinary shares. The expected volatility as of the Initial Public Offering date was derived from observable public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own Public Warrant pricing. A Monte Carlo simulation methodology was used in estimating the fair value of the Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available, using the same expected volatility as was used in measuring the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the close price of the Public Warrant price will be used as the fair value as of each relevant date for both the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants.


The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements:

  
At
February 17,
2021
(Initial
Measurement)
 
Stock price 
$
10.00
 
Strike price 
$
11.50
 
Term (in years)  
5.0
 
Volatility  
25.0
%
Risk-free rate  
0.85
%
Dividend yield  
0.0
%


The following table presents the changes in the fair value of level 3 warrant liabilities:

 
Private
Placement
  Public  
Warrant
Liabilities
 
Fair value as of January 1, 2021 
$
0
  
$
0
  
$
0
 
Initial measurement on February 17, 2021  
8,400,000
   
14,000,000
   
22,400,000
 
Change in fair value  
(1,500,000
)
  
(2,500,000
)
  
(4,000,000
)
Fair value as of June 30, 2021
 $
6,900,000
  $
11,500,000
  $
18,400,000
 
Transfers to Level 1  
0
   
11,500,000
   
11,500,000
 
Transfers to Level 2  
6,900,000
   
0
   
6,900,000
 
Fair value as of December 31, 2021
 
$
0
  
$
0
  
$
0
 


Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 1 fair value measurement for the period from February 17, 2021 (initial measurement) through December 31, 2021 was $11,500,000. The estimated fair value of the Private Placement Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 2 fair value measurement for the period from February 17, 2021 (initial measurement) through December 31, 2021 was $6,900,000.

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than as described in the financial notes above and the event described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.


On February 1, 2022, TCAC entered into a second agreement (“Second Agreement”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“CF&CO) to receive one or more financing(s) through the private placement, offering or other sale of equity instruments in any form, including, without limitation, (i) equity instruments in any form, including, without limitation, preferred or common equity, or instruments convertible into preferred or common equity or other related forms of interests or capital of the Company in one or a series of transactions (an “Equity Financing”) and (ii) debt in any form, including, but not limited to, bank debt, high yield debt or mezzanine debt, notes, bonds, debentures or other debt securities, of the Company in one transaction or a series of transactions (a “Debt Financing” and any Equity Financing or Debt Financing, (a “Financing”), in the cases of (i) and (ii), in connection with the business combination contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and SpringBig, Inc., dated as of November 8, 2021 (the “Business Combination,” and such agreement, the “Merger Agreement”). The Company hereby engages CF&CO to act as the Company’s financial advisor, placement agent and arranger in connection with any Financing for the Business Combination. In consideration of our services pursuant to this Second Agreement, the Company agrees to pay CF&CO the following compensation:


(a)
Upon the closing of any Financing (which is contemplated to fund and close concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination), the Company shall pay to CF&CO a non-refundable cash fee equal to 4% of the aggregate maximum gross proceeds received or receivable in connection with such Financing, including, without limitation, aggregate amounts committed by investors to purchase securities, whether or not all securities are issued on the closing date of the Equity Financing.

(b)In no event shall the aggregate amount of the fees payable to CF&CO pursuant to this section 3 be less than $1,500,000.

(c)The fees payable pursuant to this section 3 shall be in addition to any other fees that the Company may be required to pay directly to any prospective investor to secure its financing commitment.

(d)For the avoidance of doubt, if the structure of a Financing contemplates multiple issuances, financing availability that is contingent upon the occurrence of some future event or any other delayed consideration structure, such Financing shall be considered a single Financing, and not multiple Financings, and all fees payable pursuant to this section 3 for such Financing shall be payable in full on the closing date of such Financing.

(e)All fees payable hereunder will be payable in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds to CF&CO for its own account, or as directed by it, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future applicable taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto (with appropriate gross-up for withholding taxes) and will not be subject to reduction by way of setoff or counterclaim. Once paid, no fee will be refundable under any circumstances.


F-20